SlideShare a Scribd company logo
1



                               SYLLABI

                                      of


                       VOCATIONAL STREAM

                                     for


                      11th Class Examination
            (Senior Secondary Examination Part-I)




                              2009-2010



           Punjab School Education Board
            Sahibzada Ajit Singh Nagar (Mohali)-160062




Published by :
Secretary,
PUNJAB SCHOOL EDUCATION BOARD,
VIDYA BHAWAN, PHASE-VIII,
Sahibzada Ajit Singh Nagar (Mohali)-160062
1


                                  CONTENTS

                                                                            Pages

A.   SCHEME OF STUDIES……………………………………………………..………………1

B.   GENERAL FOUNDATION COURSE……………………………………………….…….3

C.   COMPULSORY SUBJECTS………………………………………………………………..5

     1. General English……………………………………………………………………………5

     2. General Punjabi…………………………………………………………………………...7

     3. Punjab History & Culture…………………………………………………………….…9

     4. Environmental Education …………………………………………………………….10

     5. Computer Science……………………………………………………………………….15

D. STRUCTURE        OF    QUESTION      PAPERS     OF    ELECTIVE      SUBJECTS
     (THEORY).………………………………………………………………………………….19

E.   STRUCTURE      OF    QUESTION      PAPERS     OF    ELECTIVE      SUBJECTS
     (PRACTICAL)…………………………………………………………………………….….20

F.   GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO THE PAPERS SETTERS………………………..21

G. ON-THE-JOB TRAINING………………………………………………………………...21

H. ELECTIVE SUBJECTS…………………………………………………………………...22

I.   AGRICULTURE GROUP……………………………………………………………..…..22

      (i)    Horticulture…………………………………………………………………….22

             1. Fundamentals of Horticulture……………………………..……………22

             2. Fruit Production………………………………………….………………..23

             3. Vegetable Production…………………………. ……………………….…24

      (ii)   Agri-Business…………………………………………………………………...25

             1. Elements of Agriculture…………………………………..………..…….26

             2. Introduction to Business Management and Computer Applications ...29

             3. Book-Keeping & Farm Planning………………………………………...30
2


       (iii)   Repair   and   Maintenance   of   Power   Driven   Farm …..    31
               Machinery

               1.   Basic Workshop Practices…………………………………              …..    32

               2.   Irrigation and Tubewell Technology…………………….. …..          35

               3.   Crop Production Machinery……………………………….             …..    37

II.    BUSINESS AND COMMERCE GROUP                                     …...   38

       (i)     Office Secretaryship……………………………………………..                 …...   38

               1.   Modern Office Practices-I………………………………….            …...   36

               2.   Shorthand English/Punjabi/Hindi……………………... …...           40

               3.   Type writing English/Hindi/Punjabi……………………         …...   41

       (ii)    Accountancy and Auditing…………………………………….                 …...   45

               1.   Modern Office Practices-II…………………………………            …...   46

               2.   Principles of Business and Economics…………………        …...   47

               3.   Book Keeping and Accountancy………………………..            …...   48

III.   HOME SCIENCE GROUP                                              …...   49

       (i)     Food Preservation………………………………………………..                   …...   50

               1.   Fundamental of Food Preservation ……………………          …...   50

               2.   Food Microbiology and Quality Control………………..      …...   51

               3.   Food Preservation Techniques……………………………            …...   52

       (ii)    Commercial Garment Designing & Making…………               …...   52

               1.   Textile Science……………………………………………….                 …...   53

               2.   Designing and Pattern Making…………………………..           …...   54

               3.   Clothing Construction……………………………………... …...               55

       (iii)   Textile Designing…………………………………………………                    …...   57

               1.   Textile Science………………………………………………                  …...   57

               2.   Yarn Preparation and Fabric Structure………………..      …...   57
3


              3.   Handloom Mechanics and Operations………………….          …...   58

      (iv)    Textile Craft (Weaving)………………………………………….                …...   59

              1.   Textile Science……………………………………………….                 …...   59

              2.   Textile Designing and Printing………………………….          …...   60

              3.   Textile Dyeing………………………………………………... …...                  61

      (v)     Knitting Technology…………………………………………….                   …...   61

              1.   Textile Science……………………………………………….                 …...   61

              2.   Handloom Flat Mechanism………………………………..              …...   62

              3.   Hand Driven Circular Knitting……………………………           …...   64

IV.   ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY GROUP                                  …...   64

      (i)     Maintenance   and   Repair   of   Electrical   Domestic …...   65
              Appliances

              1.   Basic Electricity……………………………………………..               …...   66

              2.   Electrical Domestic Appliances…………………………..         …...   68

              3.   Materials & Workshop Practice…………………………..          …...   70

      (ii)    Repair and Maintenance of Radio & Television            …...   71

              1.   Basic Electronics…………………………………………….                …...   72

              2.   Electronic Circuits…………………………………………..              …...   73

              3.   AM/FM Radio Receivers & Fault Analysis…………….. …...        74

      (iii)   Engineering Drawing and Drafting                        …...   75

              1.   Engineering Drawing……………………………………….                …...   77

              2.   Basics of Building Construction…………………………          …...   78

              3.   Workshop Calculation …………………………………….. …...                78

      (iv)    Mechanical Servicing (Genl.)………………………………….              …...   79

              1.   Lathe Machine and Operations…………………………..           …...   80

              2.   Engineering Material………………………………………                …...   81
4


             3.   Engineering Drawing………………………………………               …...    82

     (v)     Furniture Making and Designing …………………………..           …...    83

             1.   Furniture Furnishing & Finishing Materials…………   …...    84

             2.   Tools & Process………………………………………………                …...    85

             3.   Furniture Design…………………………………………….               …...    86

     (vi)    Mechanical Servicing (Auto)…………………………………..            …...    87

             1.   Engineering Drawing……………………………………….              …...    88

             2.   Automobile Engine………………………………………….               …...    89

             3.   Transmission System………………………………………. …...                 90

     (vii)   Computer Techniques…………………………………………..                 …...    91

             1.   Computer Fundamentals………………………………….              …...    94

             2.   Mathematics and Statistics……………………………….          …...    95

             3.   Programming in C…………………………………………                 …...    99

     (viii) Manufacturing of Sports Goods………………………………              …...    99

             1.   Wood based Sports Goods………………………………..            …...   100

             2.   Leather and Synthetic Based Sports Goods………….    …...   101

             3.   Textile Based Sports Goods……………………………..          …...   101

     (ix)    Manufacturing of Leather Goods…………………………….            …...   102

             1.   Paper Cutting and Designing…………………………….          …...   102

             2.   Novelty Leather Items………………………………………             …...   103

             3.   Travelling Leather Goods…………………………………. …...             104

v.   HUMANITIES AND OTHERS GROUPS                                  …...   104

             Commercial Art…………………………………………………..                   …...   104

             1.   Commercial Art & Drawing……………………………….            …...   104

             2.   Design and Lay-out…………………………………………               …...   105

             3.   Technical Theory of Commercial Art……………………. …...        107
1


                       A.   SCHEME OF STUDIES
                      11th CLASS EXAMINATION
           (SENIOR SECONDARY CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION-I)
                       (VOCATIONAL STREAM)
                       ADMISSION YEAR 2009


Subjects for Studies
(a)   Compulsory Subjects : Every candidate shall offer the following subjects :

Sr. Subject                  Marks for           Duration of    Distribution of Total
No.                                                Papers       Period per week
                            Theo.   Prct.       Theo.   Prct.   Theo.     Prct.l
1.    Geneal English        75      —           3 hrs   —       5         —        5
2.    General Punjabi       75      —           3 hrs   —       5         —        5
      Or
      Punjab History &
      Culture
3.    Environmental         35      15          2 hrs   1½      1         1        2
      Education                                         hrs
4.    Computer Science      50      50          3 hrs   3 hrs   1         1        2
5.    General Foundation 50         —           3 hrs   —       4         —        4
      Course

For General Foundation Course (G.F.C) :
              MARKS                                             GRADING
75% & above                                                         'A'

60% & above but less than 75%                                       'B'

50% & above but less than 60%                                       'C'

45% & above but less than 50%                                       'D'

33% & above but less than 45%                                       'E'

15% & above but less than 33%                                       'F'

Less than 15%                                                       'G'

Note : To be declared 'Pass' a student has to clear General Foundation Course
       minimum with Grade 'E'.
2

(b)   Elective Subjects :
       Every candidate shall offer any one trade relating to any one of the following
Groups. (Each trade has three elective subjects of 80 marks each and on-the-job
training of 60 marks).


         (i)        Agriculture Group

         (ii)       Business and Commerce Group

         (iii)      Home Science Group

         (iv)       Engineering & Technology Group

         (v)        Humanities and Others Group

                                    Broad distribution of marks and periods per week.

                           Marks                         Periods

                                    Th.   Prac. Total    O.J.T.    Th.   Prac.   Total

Elective Subject -           I*     30     50       80             2      8      10
Elective Subject -           II*    30     50       80     60      2      8      10
Elective Subject -           III*   30     50       80             2      8      10




Note :         1.    Three weeks for on-the-job training (O.J.T), every year as per
                    instructions issued by the Board from time to time.
                2. *In any subject if there is only one paper either of theory or of
                   practical, the total marks for that subject will be 80 and the periods
                   allotted will be 10.
                3. Punjab School Education Board Regulations for Senior Secondary
                   Examination are also applicable to vocational stream.
                4. Six periods are for library studies / extra curricular activities /
                   optional/ tutorials / assignaments
                5. The Board reserves the right to amened syllabus courses and / or
                   scheme of studies as and when it considers necessary.
3


                 B. GENERAL FOUNDATION COURSE
Time : 3 hrs.              Structure of question paper                M. Marks : 50
                                     THEORY

       In all eight question will be set from the prescribed syllabus. Student will
attempt any five questions from these. Each question will carry 10 marks. A
question may have two or more parts. The questions will be evenly distributed
from the syllabus.

                                    SYLLABUS
                                      PART-A
                                     Semester-I

1.     ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT
     a. Entrepreneurship Career Orientation
       Alternative career options under vocational stream, wage employment, self
       employment etc. : Dynamics of entrepreneurship; Importance and Relevance
       of entrepreneurship career; characteristics, role & reward of an entrepreneur.
     b. Entrepreneurial Values
       Entrepreneurial value orientation through activities;         Innovativeness;
       Independence; improved performance; Respect for work.
     c. Entrepreneurial Attitude
       Concept & significance of different entrepreneurial Atitudes; use
       imagination/intuition; take moderate risk; enjoy freedom of expression and
       action; look for economic opportunities; find satisfaction from successful
       completion of tasks; Believe that they can change the environment; Take
       initiative; Analyze situation; & plan action; Involve in work, activity.
     d. Behavioural Competencies
       Innovative & risk taking; tolerance to ambiguities; problem solving;
       persistence; standard/quality of work performance; information seeking;
       systematic planning; activities.
     e. Entrepreneurial Motivation
       Data collection about self; introduction to need system & motivational
       pattern of entrepreneur; conceptualizing entrepreneurial skill & behaviour;
       Risk taking behaviour; Hope for success & fear of failure; learning from feed
       back; Understanding motive strength; achievement imageries; intensity of
       motives; achievement language etc; Personal efficiency-individual life goal,
       its linkages to entrepreneurship; Locus of control; Conceptualizing
       entrepreneurial values; Achievement planning; Influence competence;
       Entrepreneurial goal setting; Sharing entrepreneurial goal, devising clarity
       in terms of enterprise building. Coping with difficulties. Reinforcing help
       seeking ability; Creativity; Understanding & internalizing coping abilities.
4


                                     Semester-II
                                        Part-B
2.     ENTERPRISE LAUNCHING COMPETENCIES
     a. Project Identification
        Definitions of Large Scale Industry (LSI), Medium Scale Industry (MSI),
        Small Scale Industry (SSI), tiny Sector, cottage and Rural Industries;
        Classification of Projects- Manufacturing, Service, Trading, Consumer
        Goods, Capital Goods & Ancillary Goods (Characteristics & Scope of
        activities of each type), Central and the State Government Policies,
        Programmes and Incentives with regard to SSI, Tiny sector and new
        entrepreneurs; Steps in setting up a business enterprise; Information about
        the various institutions providing help to the existing & potential
        entrepreneurs; District Industries Centre, Directorate of Industries,
        Technical Consultancy Organisation; Punjab Financial Corporation, Punjab
        Small Industries Development Corporation, National Small Industries
        Corporation, Punjab Small Industries and Export Corporation, Small
        Industries.   Service Institute, Commercial Banks, Co-operative Banks,
        Punjab State Khadi & Village Industries Board etc., Reservation of Products
        for exclusive manufacture in SSI Sector.
        (The product list should be circulated to the students).
     b. Project Selection
        Project /Projects Identification, generating ideas for selection of a project,;
        procedure for short listing the ideas generated; factors to be considered for
        final selection of the product-Demand, competitors, availability of factors of
        product-Govt. policy, profit margin etc.
     c. Project Formulation & Report
        Need for Project Report; Elements (steps) of a Project Report; Determining
        the Project size keeping in view the manageability, investment possibilities,
        Production and market aspectrs; Selection of plant and machinery;
        Determining Labour and raw material requirements in the form of the
        information requird in the project report (simple project report); Estimating
        the Project cost, production cost concepts, working capital requirements,
        profit ratios and the concept of inventory control; Break Even Analysis &
        profitibality rates, capacity utilization indicator, sales revenue indicator;
        Time scheduling, Project Monitoring and review Technique (Network
        analysis), Study of typical project report, namely of consumer goods, capital
        goods, ancillary goods and services, the requirements of the banks and
        financial institutions, project appraisal-technical, economic, financial,
5


       commercial and managerial aspects; Practice Session (Students should
       practice on the preparation of the project report on the similar projects).
                           (B)   COMPULSORY SUBJECTS
                                  1. GENERAL ENGLISH
Time : 3 hours                           One Paper                   Max. Marks : 75

                                           Syllabus
A.    I AM THE PEOPLE (for detailed study)                                         25
       I.      (i)     Comprehension passage
               (ii)    Summary of a poem
               (iii)   One essay type question
            (iii) Translation from English into Vernacular.
Note : A special question in lieu of translation for foreign students:
       Explain the contents of a given prose passage in simple English from I Am
       The People.
B.    STORIES, PLAYS & TALES OF ADVENTURE (Text for non-detailed study)             20
       II.     (a)     Short-answer type questions on contents of lessons            12
               (b)     Character-sketch, episode, incident, theme of, any one lesson  8
C.    USAGE & COMPOSITION                                                           30
1.    USAGE                                                                         12
        (a)    Tenses
        (b)    Use of Verbs
        (c)    Voice (Simple)
        (d)    Reported Speech (Simple)
        (e)    Simple idioms
        (f)    Common errors
II.   COMPOSITION                                                                   18
        (i)    Simple/descriptive/narrative essay
                       Or
               Paragraph-writing
        (ii)   Letter-writing (Personal)
                        STRUCTURE OF QUESTION PAPER
Time : 3 hours                          One Paper                    Max. Marks : 75
                                         PART-A                            Marks : 45
Note : All the questions of Part-A and B shall be based on the exercises of the text
books prescribed by the Board.
(A)   I AM THE PEOPLE (for detailed study)                                          25
6

a)   A passage from the above mentioned textbook to test comprehension through
     the following techniques :                                             10
     (i)     Who spoke/write these words to whom/about whom name of the chapter
             and author (from the passage).
     (ii) Short-answer type questions.
     (iii) Matching exercise
     (iv) Formation of words using prefix
     (v) Fill in the blanks
     (vi) Meaning of difficult words/phrases in simple English.
(b) One essay type question with internal choice (about 100 words).                              5
(c) Summary or central idea of a poem (I Am The People)                                          5
(d) Translation from English into Vernacular (Only one running passage
    consisting of not more than seven sentences (from I Am The People).
Note : A special question for foreign students in lieu of translation :                              5
           Explain the contents of a given prose passage in simple English from 'I Am The People'.
B.    Stories, Plays and Tales of Adventure (Text for non-detailed study)                       20
       (a)       Short-answer type questions from different exercises given at the end of
                 the lessons.                                                         12
                 (Any six out of eight questions)
       (b)       One essay type question on character sketch/episode/incident/theme of
                 any one lesson in about 100 words.                                 8

                                            PART-B                                  MARKS : 30
C.     Usage and Composition                                                                    12
           (i)    Usage
           (a)    Tenses
           (b)    Use of Verbs
           (c)    Voice (Simple)
           (d)    Narration (simple)
           (Isolated sentences of different types)
           (e)    Simple idioms
                           Or
           (f)    Common errors
Note : Question on the above mentioned items will be based on the language
       material contained in the prescribed textbooks.
7


                                            COMPOSITION                                    18
One out of three simple/descriptive/narrative essays in about 250 words.                   10
                                                  Or
Develop a paragraph (out of two) with the help of given outline/situation in about 150 words.
Letter (simple and personal only) with internal choice.                                     8
Books Prescribed :
      1. I Am The People - Published by the Punjab School Education Board.
      2. Stories, Plays and Tales of Adventure - Published by the Punjab School
         Education Board.

                                         2a bk˜wh gzikph
(T)        wB' oE
nkw L
           1a ftfdnkoEh dh GkÙk-;woZEk ftZu tkXk eoBk.
           2a T[; ftZu ;ZfGnkukfoe u/sBsk irkT[Dk.
ftÙ/ Ù L
           1a ftfdnkoEh Bz{ gzikp d/ b'e-;kfjs, b'e-rhsK s/ b'e-eEktK s'A ikD{ eotkT[Dk.
           2a T[; d/ fBsk-gqsh ihtB ftZu ezw nkT[D tkbh gzikph dh ;woZEk tXkT[Dk.
           3a T[; dh ;zuko-:'rsk ftZu tkXk eoBk.
(n) gkm-eqw
    gkm-
           1a    gzikph b'e-;kfjs
           2a    nzro/˜h s'A gzikph ftZu nB[tkd
           3a    nıpko d/ ;zgkde Bz{ gZso
           4a    fJÙfsjko$;Zdk gZso
           5a    g?ok ouBk
           6a    w[jkto/
(J)     gkm-
        gkm-eqw dk t/ otk                                                      eZ[ b nze L 75
1a     gzikph b' e- ;kfjs                                                      20(10 + 10)
        (i)     b'e-rhs
                ;[jkr, x'VhnK, f;ZmDhnK, NZgk, p'bhnK, Y'bk, wkjhnk.
        (ii) b'e eEktK              1a   fwZE eEktK
                                         gqfjbkd Grs, Bb ns/ dfwnzsh
8


                                 2a   goh eEktK s/ Bhsh eEktK L
                                      Bhb ewb, ;p˜ goh, bkb;k dh uZeh
                                 3a   dzd eEktK L
                                      g{oB Grs, okik o;kb{, dZ[b GZNh
                                 4a   gqhs eEktK L
                                      jho oKMk, fwo˜k ;kfjpK
2a     nz r o/ ˜h s' A gzikph ftZu nB[ tkd L
       (i)
         )    seBheh Ùpdktbh L d¯soh Ùpdktbh, tZy-tZy ftfÙnK Bkb ;zpzfXs Ùpdktbh.
       (ii)   p?Ae, o/bt/, vke s/ phwk ;/tktK Bkb ;zpzfXs tke.                    10(4-6)
3a     nıpko d/ ;zgkde Bz{ gZso (fe;/ w;b/$xNBk pko/)                                   10
4a     ;Zdk gZso$fJÙfsjko                                                               10
       ı[Ùh, ˆwh iK fe;/ j'o ;wkrw dk ;Zdk-gZso, nıpkoK Bz{ d/D bJh fBih fJÙfsjko (gqkJht/N
       ns/ ;oekoh ;z;EktK d/ fJÙfsjko BjhA j'Dr/.)
5a     g?ok ouBk L (br-gr 150 ÙpdK dh)                                                  15
6a     w[jkto/ (br-gr 100 w[jkto/)                                                      10
gkm-
gkm-g[; se L


     bk˜wh gz ikph- 11 (frnkoQ thA Ùq/Dh bJh) gz ikp ;e{b f;Zfynk p'o v
               kph-
                                   g/g o ;?A No bJh nkw fjdkfJsK

1a    gqÙB-gZso fsnko eoB s'A gfjbK gkm-eqw ns/ gkm-g[;seK d/ BthBsw n?vhÙBK Bz{
      fXnkB Bkb tkuDk ˜o{oh W. fe;/ th soQK gkm-eqw dh T[bzxDk Bk ehsh ikt/. ftÙ/Ù
      fjdkfJsK ns/ Bw{B/ dk gqÙB-gZso th ˜o{o t/y fbnk ikt/.
2a    gqÙB-gZso ftZu seBheh Ùpdktbh gkm-eqw tkbh jh j't/.
3a    gqÙB-gZso ftZu Ùpd-i'V gkm g[;seK tkb/ jh oZy/ ikD.
4a    jo gqÙB dk e/tb fJZe fB;fus T[Zso pDdk j't/.
5a    gqÙBK dh GkÙk ;ob s/ ;gÙN j't/.
6a    fijV/ gqÙB u'D bJh gkJ/ ikD T[j T[Zso d/ gZXo, eoBkJh ns/ nkeko d/ gZy'A fJZe d{i/ d/
      pokpo j'D.
7a    gqÙB-gZso ftZu fdZshnK fjdkfJsK gqÙBK Bz{ ;gÙN eoB, T[ZsoK Bz{ ;/X d/D ns/ ;hwk-pX
      eoB bJh jh fdZshnK ikD. fJjBK okjhA gkm-eqw s'A pkjobhnK rZbK fiBQK bJh nze BjhA
      oZy/ rJ/, Bk S'jhnK ikD.
9


8a   fe;/ gqÙB d/ Bkb e/tb T[j fjdkfJs fdZsh ikt/ i' e/tb T[; ftÙ/Ù gqÙB pko/ W. i/ T[j j'o
     gqÙBK s/ th bkr{ jz[dh W iK j' ;edh W sK T[; Bz{ nkw fjdkfJsK ftZu Ùkwb ehsk ikt/.
9a   fiBQK gqÙBK ftZu nze-tzv eoBh ;zGt W s/ b'VhAdh th W T[ZE/ fJj ftÙ/Ù fjdkfJsK dh b'n
     ftZu gqÙB-gZso ftZu jh eo fdZsh ikt/.
10a ftÙ/Ù fjdkfJsK ftZu fijV/ gqÙB dk T[Zso ;hwk-pZX ehsk frnk W, T[; pko/ gqÙB-gZso
    ftZu fjdkfJs eo fdZsh ikt/.
nfXnkgeK, ftfdnkoEhnK, g/g o ;? A NoK ns/ gohfyneK bJh ftÙ/Ù fjdkfJsK L
;wK L 3 xzN/                                                                   eZ[ b nze L 75
gqÙB BzL 1 bk˜wh gzikph- 11 gkm-g[;se ftZu b'e-rhsK pko/ fdZs/ gkm-nfGnk;K d/ gqÙBK
                        kph
           ftZu'A e'Jh uko gqÙB d/ e/ d' dk T[Zso fbyD bJh fejk ikt/rk. (5 +5=10)nze
gqÙB BzL 2 bk˜wh gzikph-11 ftZu fdZshnK tZy-tZy tZBrhnK dhnK eEktK ftZu'A e'Jh d' eEktK
                        kph
           d/ Bk d/ e/ fe;/ fJZe eEk Bz{ nkgD/ ÙpdK ftZu fbyD bJh fejk ikt/rk.  10 nze
gqÙB BzL 3 bk˜wh gzikph- 11 ftZu fdZsh seBheh Ùpdktbh ftZu'A nzro/˜h d/ nZm Ùpd d/ e/
                       kph
           e'Jh uko ÙpdK dk gzikph o{g fbyD bJh fejk ikt/rk. nZX/ Ùpd d¯soh Ùpdktbh
           ftZu'A ns/ nZX/ tZy-tZy ftfÙnK Bkb ;zpzfXs Ùpdktbh ftZu'A j'Dr/.   4 nze
gqÙB BzL 4 bk˜wh gzikph 11 ftZu'A p?Ae, o/bt/, vke s/ phwk ;/tktK Bkb ;zpzfXs nzro/˜h d/ S/
                      kph-
           tke d/ e/ e'Jh fszB tkeK dk gzikph o{g fbyD bJh fejk ikt/rk.             6 nze
gqÙB BzL 5 fe;/ w;b/$xNBk pko/ fe;/ nıpko d/ ;zgkde Bz{ gZso fbyD bJh d' ftÙ/ d/ e/ fe;/
           fJZe pko/ fbyD bJh fejk ikt/rk.                           (2+6+2=10) nze
gqÙB BzL 6 bk˜wh gzikph 11 ftZu fdZshnK tzBrhnK nB[;ko fJZe fJÙfsjko iK ;dk-gZso
                    kph-
           fbyD bJh fejk ikt/rk. d' ftÙ/ fdZs/ ikDr/, fJjBK ftZu'A fe;/ fJZe pko/ fbyDk
           j'trk.                                                               10 nze
gqÙB BzL 7 e'Jh fszB ftÙ/ d/ e/ fe;/ fJZe pko/ br-gr 150 ÙpdK dh g?ok ouBk eoB bJh fejk
           ikt/rk.                                                              15 nze
gqÙB BzL 8 bk˜wh gzikph 11 ftZu'A e'Jh nZm w[jkto/ d/ e/ T[jBK ftZu'A gzi Bz{ tkeK ftZu tosD
                     kph-
           bJh fejk ikt/rk.                                                            10 nze

Paper-I           3.    PUNJAB HISTORY & CULTURE
Time : 3 hours                       One Paper                    Max. Marks : 75
                             Structure of Question Paper

1. There will be eighteen questions in all. All the question will be compulsory.
2. Questions from 1 to 10 will carry 2 marks each.              Answer of each question
   should be in about 20-25 words.
3. Questions from 11 to 15 will carry 5 marks each. Answer of each question
   should be in about 75-80 words.
10


4. Questions from 16 to 18 will carry 10 marks each. Answer of each question should
   be in about 250-300 words. There will be internal choice in these questions. The
   paper-setter should not set more than one such question from one chapter.
5. The language of paper will be straight.
6. No question will be based on quotation.
                                    SYLLABUS
   1)   The land and the people.
   2)   The age of the Harappa Culture.
   3)   The age of the vedic Aryans.
   4)   From the Budha to Ashoka.
   5)   Invasions and impact.
   6)   The Gupta-Vardhana Age.
   7)   The Turks in the Punjab.
   8)   Education and Literature.
   9)   Art and Architecture.
   10) Religion and Philosophy.
   11) The Siddhas and the Sufis.

                  4.   ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION
Theory Paper              Time : 2 hours                         Marks : 35
Project Work              Time : 1½ hours                        Marks : 15
                                                                 Total Marks : 50
                                       THEORY
                          Structure of Question Paper

   1) There will be one theory paper comprising of 16 questions. All questions will
      be compulsory.
   2) Question Nos. 1-5 are very short answer type questions carrying 1 mark
      each. Answer to each question will be in one line or few words only.
   3) Question Nos. 6-10 are short answer type questions carrying 2 marks each.
      Answer to each question will be in 20-30 words only.
   4) Question Nos. 11-15 are short answer type questions carrying 3 marks
      each. Answer to each question will be in 40-50 words only.
   5) Question Nos. 16 is long answer type question carrying 5 marks. Answer to
      this question will be in 80-100 words.
   6) In question No. 16 there will be 100% internal choice.
   7) There will be no objective type questions such as yes/no, tick/cross, fill in
      the blanks multiple choice, true/false etc.
11


   8) The question paper should be strictly from the prescribed syllabus based on
      above mentioned guidelines.
       Unitwise distribution of marks will be as follows :
       Unit I      Man and Environmental                                      7 marks
       Unit II     Environmental and Development                              7 marks
       Unit III    Environmental Pollution and Global Issues                  7 marks
       Unit IV     Energy                                                     7 marks
       Unit V      Safe Work Environmental and Occupational Hazards           7 marks

                                        SYLLABUS
Unit I Man and Environmental
   •   Dimensions of environment-physical, biological and social.
   •   Human being as rational and social partner in environmental action.
   •   Society and environment in India : Indian traditions, customs and culture
       past and present.
   •   Population and environment.
   •   Impact of human activities on environment.
          –   environmental problems of urban and rural areas.
          –   natural resources and their depletion.
          –   stress on civic amenities; supply of water and electricity, waste disposal,
              transport, health services.
          –   Vehicular emissions.
          –   Urbanisations-land use, housing, migrating and floating population.
Unit II       Environmental and Development
   •   Economic and social needs-as basic considerations for development.
   •   Agriculture and industry as major sections of development.
   •   Social factors affecting development-poverty, affluence, education,
       employment, child marriage and child labour; human health-HIV/AIDS,
       social, cultural and ethical values.
   •   Impact of liberalization and globalisation on-agriculture and industries,
       dislocation of manpower and unemployment implications for social harmony.
   •   Role of society in development and environment-public awareness through
       education, eco-clubs, population education programme, campaigns, public
       participation in decision-making.
Unit III      Environmental Pollution and Global Issues
   •   Air, water (fresh and marine), soil pollution-sources and consequences.
   •   Noise and radiation pollution-sources and consequences.
12

   •   Solid, liquid and gaseous pollutants.
   •   Handling of hazardous materials and process, handling and management of
       hazarndous wastes.
   •   Ozone Layer depletion and its effect.

   •   Greenhouse effect; global warming and climatic changes and their effects on
       human society, agriculture, plants and animals.

   •   Pollution related diseases.

   •   Disaster-natural (earthquakes, droughts, floods, cyclones, landslides) and
       man-made (technological and industrial); their impact on the environment;
       prevention, control and mitigation.

   •   Strategies for reducing pollution and improving the environment.
Unit IV   Energy
   •   Changing global patterns of energy consumption-from ancient to modern times.
   •   Energy consumption as a measure of quality of life.
   •   Rising demand for energy, gap between demand and supply (Indian context).

   •   Conventional energy sources-fossil fuels and firewood, potential (Indian
       context) and limitations of each source, methods of harnessing and
       environmental consequences of their use.

   •   Non-conventional energy sources-types of non-conventional sources (bio-mass,
       solar, wind, ocean, hydel, geothermal, nuclear), potential (Indian context) and
       limitations of each source, methods of harnessing and their environmental
       consequences, need to promote non-conventional energy sources.

   •   Conservation of energy sources-efficiency in production, transportation and
       utilization of energy.

   •   Future source of energy-hydrogen, alcohol, fuel cells.
Unit V    Safe Work Environmental and Occupational Hazards
   •   Safe work environment-adequate light, ventilation, cleanliness, good house keeping.
   •   Safety awareness and management-safety precautions-home and work
       (laboratory, workshop, work site), safe handling of equipment and materials.
   •   Occupational/hazards physical chemical, mechanical, electrical, bio-logical
       radiantional and psychological.
   •   Accidents and major hazards in industries and occupations-fire, explosion,
       toxic release.
13


   •   First aid measures.
   •   Laws and regulations related to occupational health and safety.

                                PROJECT WORK
Time : 1½ hours                                                              Marks : 15
Two Project 5 marks each                                                     Marks : 10
Viva                                                                           5 Marks
                                       THEORY
Exemplar projects and activities
       It is expected that students will undertake two projects or activities, one of
which should be undertaken individually' and they will prepare a report in each
case. Teachers may plan and design projects and activities depending upon the
local situations, available resources and environmental issues of concern. The
projects and activities given below are only suggestive and not prescriptive.
   •   To study the changes that have taken place in the given land area of a
       city/village/locality/market during the last five years in respect of atleast five
       parameters like number of houses, residents and families, food habits, number
       of household goods in a family, consumption of water, electricity and fuels
       including that for personal vehicles by a family, sources of noise (public
       address systems being used, television, radio and vehicles on the road),
       common facilities like number of schools, hospitals, shops, theatres, public
       convenience, public utilities, public transport, number of factories, industries
       and/or the facilities for production and processing of goods, loss of water
       bodies, types and quantity of wastes, their disposal and treatment facilities with
       a view to discussing the patterns of changes and impact on the environment and
       quality of life. One specific project on these aspects may be to study the changes
       that have taken place in a given land area during the last five years in respect of
       the number of houses, residents and families and to prepare a report on their
       effects on civic amenities like availability of water, electricity and fuels, the
       drainage system, disposal of wastes including night soil.
   •   To study the environment profile of a town/locality/village in respect of
       population density, green cover, educational level of residents, social
       problems and sources of pollution and their effect on air, water and soil.
   •   To improvise two models of greenhouses of similar dimensions made from
       low cost/on cost materials, to place them in open under identical conditions;
       and put some potted plants in one of them to note the temperature inside
       and outside of both the greenhouses every two hours from dawn to dusk for
       two weeks. To explain the reasons for the differences in temperature, if any,
       between the two green houses.
   •   To collect data on monthly consumption of electricity and fuels from atleast
       five families, any two commercial establishments and four public utilities in
       a given locality to plan strategies for educating consumers to economise on
14


    the consumption of electricity and fuel by reducing their over-use, misuse
    and improper use.
•   To study, for a period of one month, the status of sanitary conditions and
    methods of waste disposal of a given locality vis-à-vis the role of Panchayat.
    Municipality of Corporation and to prepare an action plan for making the
    conditions more environments friendly.
•   To investigate the impact of an industry or a large manufacturing unit on
    the local environment. The parameters could be land use, the ratio of the
    covered area and the open space, the raw materials used for production,
    inputs like electricity and water the types of waste generated and the modes
    of waste disposal, use of environmental friendly and efficient technology,
    types of pollutants emitted or discharged, the average health status of the
    employees and residents in the area.
•   To collect samples of water from different sources and study their physical
    characteristics like turbidity, colour, odour the measure of pH, the nature of
    suspended and dissolved impurities and pollutants, the presence of toxic
    materials like mercury lead, arsenic, fluorine and the presence of living
    organisms. For testing the presence of toxic materials and living organisms the
    help of a local laboratory or institution may be taken, if available. To identify
    the most polluted sample of water and locate the sources of its pollution. To
    devise an action plan for mobilising public opinion for checking the pollution.
•   To prepare a status report on the prevalence of child labour in a given area
    through simple surveys on children engaged as domestic help and as
    workers in farms, commercial establishments and manufacturing units.
    The survey may be in respect of age group education, wages, working hours,
    working conditions, safety in work place, health handling hazardous
    materials and the like.       Units dealing with hazandous materials and
    processes may be identified and an action plan for mobilising public opinion
    against the practice of child labour may be prepared.
•   To prepare a flow chart to show different steps involved in the supply of
    water from the source (river, bore well) to houses in the locality. To collect
    information from the concerned authorities about the quantity of water
    processed and the amount of energy required for the purpose of each stage.
    To compute the energy spent for supply in 1 Kilolitre of water to the
    consumer. To plan and execute a campaign to educate the community
    members about the implications of wastage of water in terms of energy.
•   To conduct a survey through observations and interviews about the
    prevailing work environment of an establishment such as workshop, factory,
    manufacturing unit hospital or any other related to a specific vocation and
    to prepare a report highlighting the presence or absence of the desirable
    environmental conditions.
•   To study through observation and interviews practices followed by the
    workers in handling hazardous chemicals or hazardous processes and to
    prepare an action plan suggesting to remedial measures.
15

     •     To prepare a model action plan for generation of biogas and other useful
           products from biodegradable and non-biodegradable wastes on the basis of data
           collected for a village or locality indicating environmental and economic benefits.
     •     To study through observation and interviews the extent of adherence to the
           prescribed norms of safety in the manufacturing, units and automobile
           workshops in the locality and to prepare a report thereon.

                                                 No
                                          ezf gT{No ;kfJz ;
                                                gkm-
                                                gkm-eqw
                                     nZmthA s'A pkoQ thA Ù/ q DhnK bJh
fgZm-
fgZm-G{w h
iwks ;ZsthA

1a       ezfgT{ No d/ w{ b f;XKs L

         ezfgT{No pko/ ikD-gSkD fJ;dh wBZ[yK Bkb s[bBk
         ezfgT{No fJZe f;;Nw W

         ezfgT{No f;;Nw fet/A ezw eodk W

2a       ;XkoB wzst ezfgT{ N o f;;Nw L
         ;XkoB wzst ezfgT{No f;;Nw

         jkovt/no ns/ ;kcNt/no L ;kcNt/no dk torheoB

         fJBgZ[N$nkT{NgZ[N
         w?woh

         gq';?;o, gq';?;o pDso

         ;kcNt/no f;;Nw L GkÙk nB[tkde, fbzeoi, b'vo˜, Ugo/fNzr f;;Nw

3a       s[ jkvk ezfgT{N o Bz{ ubkT[ Dk
         ezfgT{No ;p f;;NwK Bz{ nkg; ftu i'VBk

         ezfgT{No Bz{ ukb{ eoBk
         ezfgT{No Bz{ pzd eoBk

4a       ;{ uBk ns/ ;zuko seBkb'' ih L
                          seBkb
         B?Ntoe ftZu fgzqNo dk eJh ezfgT{NoK Bkb fjZ;k tzvkT[Dk
         fJzNoB?N n?e;gb'oo
16


     tov gq';?;o L efbg r?boh, jkJhgofbze, tov d;skt/˜ ftu w"i{dk X[Bh GoBk, fuzBQ,
     ;wheoB, ;koBh, vke fwbkT[Dk, tov v/Nk ;kXB ftu'A ;{uBK s/ Mks gkT[Dh

5a   v/ Nk rq kfce Bkb y/v Dk L
     v/Nk ns/ rqkfce

     rqkfce; d/ n?gbhe/ÙB˜ ns/ T[BQK dh tos'A
6a   v/ Nkp/ ; w? B/ iw? A N
     v/Nkp/; w?B/iw?AN f;;Nw Bkb ikD-gSkD
     v/Nk wkvb
7a   ;wZf;nk dk ;[ bMkT[Dk
     n?brkfoEw
     cb'ukoN ns/ fJ; d/ fuBQ
     cb'ukoN d/ YKu/
8a   b' r'
     G{fwek, b'r' dh Ù[o{nks, b'r' dh fgqfwfNt˜



     nZmthA
iwks n ZmthA
1a   ezf gT{ No wÙhBK dk ftek;
     frDB, fj;kp bkT[D ns/ ezfgT{fNzr eoB tkbhnK wÙhBk dh Ù[o{nks
     ezfgT{NoK dk ftek;
     ezfgT{NoK dhnK i?Bo/ÙB˜
     j'o fe;wK d/ ezfgT{No
2a   jkovt/ no ns/ ;k¯Nt/ n o
     ezfgT{No ftu ;{uBk dk cb'
     ;hagha:{a e?p/BN d/ nzdo
     ezfgT{No GkÙktK
     GkÙk gfotose
     wÙhB ftubk eqw
     d' ;N/N b"fie Bkb ikD gSkD
3a                   (U$n?
     Ugo/ fNzr f;;Nw (U$n? ;)
     ikD gSkD
17


     U$n?; dh G{fwek
     ;'qs w?B/io
     pZco;
     ;g{fbzr
     ;{uBk ftjkuesk bJh Ugo/fNzr f;;Nw
4a   ;{ uBk ns/ ;zuko seBheh
     ikD-gSkD
     vkNk ;zuko
     ;zuko u?Bb
     B?Ntofezr ezfgT{NoK bJh b'VhAd/ ;kXB
     B?Ntoe N'g'b'ih
     ;zuko ns/ ;zgoesk dhnK ftXhnK
     ;zgoesk
     ;zuko T[geoD
     Jh-w/b
     B?Nhe[n?N;
     fBT{˜ro[g
     ekBco?Af;zr
     fJzNob?B u?fNzr
     ;k¯Nt/no T[skoBk
5a   gq; s[ sh g? e /f i˜
     ikD-gSkD
     gktog'nKfJN ;eohB sZs
     BthA gq;s[sh
     j'o ;bkfJvK tXkT[Dk
     fv˜kfJB N?Agb/N;
     gkto g'nKfJN ckfJb dk BK oyDk
     w"i{d gq;s[sh y'bQDk
     gq;s[sh ;/t eoBk
18


     gkto g'nKfJN ftu ftGzB fdqÙ
     gq;s[sh fgqzN eoBk
     n?Bhw/ÙB
     ;bkfJv NoKf˜ÙB˜
     N/pbi
     nkgDhnK ;bkfJvK ftu ukoN tosDk
     ;bkfJvK ftu d;skt/i dkyb eoB/

     pDhnK pDkJhnK gq;s[shnK

     wbNhwhvhnk
     ;zrhs ns/ nktk˜ d/ gqGkt tXkT[D/

     t?p g/i d/ s'o s/ gq;s[sh ;/t eoBk
6a   vkNk p/ ; gq p zX
     vkNkp/; dk gqpzX-vkNkp/; gqpzX f;;Nw
     vkNkp/; dh ;KG ;zGkb ns/ gqpzX
     cke;gq'n vkNkp/; okjhA ezw eoBk
     vkNkp/; pDkT[Dk
     vkNkp/; ckfJbK y'bQDk ns/ pzd eoBk
     vkNkp/; N/pb dh pDso pdbDk
     vkNkp/; N/pb ftu foekov iwK eoBk
     cke;gq'n ftu'A fBebDk
     vkNkp/; N/pb ftu'A foekov d/yDk
     vkNkp/; N/pb ftu'A foekov bGDk
     fe;/ tyoh ckfJb ftu'A j[D/ y'bQh vkNkp/; ckfJb ftu foekov gkT[Dk
     vkNkp/; N/pb d/ foekov pdbD/
     vkNkp/; N/pb SkNDk
     vkNkp/; N/pb ftu'A foekov jNkT[Dk
     jNkJ/ foekovK Bz{ pjkb eoBk$nDk;ze/fss eoBk
19


7a       ;go? vÙhN
         ikD-gSkD
         fJb?eNo'fBe ;go?vÙhN
         MS-Excel
8a       gq ' rokfwzr ;zebg
         gqpzX ;zebg
         gqpzX ftek;
         gqpzX ftek; ihtB uZeo
         N{b ns/ d;skt/i dh :'iBk
         n?o/i ns/ n?o/i T[s/ nwb

B'N L      ;oeko dhnK jdkfJsK nB[;ko, dkybk ;kb 2009 s'A ezfgT{No ;kfJz; dk ftÙk S/th s'A pkoQthA
           Ùq/Dh bJh gVBk bkiwh ehsk frnk W fiBQK ;e{bK ftu fgeN; tZb'A gfjbK jh fJj bkiwh ftÙ/
           ti'A gVkfJnk ik fojk W T[E/ T[j jh gkm-eqw ukb{ oj/rk. fijBK ;e{bK ftZu gfjbh tko fJj
           ftÙk bkr{ ehsk frnk W, T[BQK ;e{bK d/ ftfdnkoEhnK bJh T[go dZf;nk gkm-eqw bkr{ j't/rk.

B' N L     gqh-t'e/ÙBb d/ gkm-eqw ;w?;NotkfJ˜ tzv tZyo/ s"o s/ G/ih ikt/rh.

                 D.     STRUCTURE OF QUESTION PAPERS OF
                             ELECTIVE SUBJECTS
            FOR QUESTION PAPERS CARRYING 30 MARKS (THEORY) EACH
                        (EXCEPT THOSE SPECIFIED AT*)
Time : 2 hours                              THEORY                              M. Marks : 30

      In all eight questions will be set from the prescribed syllabus. Candidates will
attempt any five questions out of these. Every question will carry six marks. A question
may have two or more parts. The questions will be evenly distributed from the syllabus.
FOR QUESTION PAPERS CARRYING 80 MARKS (THEORY) EACH
       The structure of question paper having 80 marks precedes the syllabus of
that particular subject.
*          SUBJECTS HAVING 80 MARKS THEORY ARE :

              GROUP                          TRADE                          SUBJECT
Business & Commernce                Accountancy and Auditing      a. Principles of Business
                                    -do-                             and Economics
                                                                  b. Book Keeping and
20


                                                            Accountancy
Engineering & Technology      Engineering Drawing and – Work Calculation
                              Drafting
                              Computer Techniques     – Mathematics & Statistics
Humanities & Others           Commercial Art             Technical Theory of
                                                         Commercial Art


                E. STRUCTURE OF QUESTION PAPERS
                 OF ELECTIVE SUBJECTS (PRACTICAL)
FOR ALL QUESTION PAPERS CARRYING 50 MARKS EACH (EXCEPT THOSE
SPECIFIED AT*)
Time : 3 hours                      (PRACTICAL)                        M. Marks : 50

Distribution of marks will be as follows :
       (i)    Practical note book/sessional work/visits/project work       10 marks
       (ii)   Viva-Voce                                                     5 marks
       (iii) Actual performance                                            35 marks
No.1 MAJOR PRACTICAL                                                     (20 Marks)
       In all three practicals will be asked from the prescribed syllabus. Student
will be asked to choose any two out of these. The Practical examiner will ask the
student to perform any one practical out of the two chosen by him.
No.2 MINOR PRACTICAL                                                     (15 Marks)
       In all three practicals will be asked from the prescribed syllabus. Student
will be asked to choose any two out of these. The examiner will ask the candidate
to perform any one practical out of the two chosen by him.
FOR QUESTION PAPERS CARRYING 80 MARKS (PRACTICAL) EACH :
       The Structure of question paper having 80 marks precedes the syllabus of
that particular subject.

*SUBJECTS HAVING 80 MARKS PRACTICAL ARE :

             GROUP                    TRADE                      SUBJECT
Engineering and              Mechanical servicing (Genl.) Engineering Drawing
Technology

Humanities & Others          Commercial Art              a. Commercial Art & Drawing
                                                         b. Design and Lay-out
21


    F.     GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO THE PAPER SETTERS
   1. The paper should be strictly from the prescribed syllabus and according to
      guidelines given under the 'structure of question paper'.
   2. The language should be simple and to the mental level of the students.
   3. The standardized form of the Technical Terminology should be used.
   4. The questions in the paper should be evenly distributed throughout the syllabus.

   5. There will not be any objective type question like Yes or No/ Tick or cross/
         Fill in the Blanks/Multiple choice etc.
   6. Due weightage should be given to numerical problems wherever required.

                                      PRACTICAL
   1. The question paper will be set on the spot by the practical examiner himself.
   2. A group of students should be examined in a three hour session.
   3. Separate question paper should be set for each group.



                         G.    ON-THE-JOB TRAINING
Time : 3 weeks                                                        M. Marks : 60

INTRODUCTION : On-the-job training is an essential component of effective
Vocational Education and Training. The Heads of Vocational Schools have to play
a vital role in this regard.

IDENTIFICATION OF TRAINING CENTRE : The Head of the institution will
identify the Training Centres in consultation with liaison agencies and local
community. Any reputed Industrial Organisation/Workshop/Office/Shop situated
in the neighbourhood of the school can be the training centre.

GROUPING OF STUDENTS : After the identification of Training Centres the Head of
school will group the students under the guidance of a group incharge, the concerned
vocational master. There should not be more than 10 students in a group.

DURATION : On-the-job training will be for three weeks in all. It can be conducted
at more than one centre depending upon the facilities available at the training
centers. The schedule may be framed by the Head of the school in consultation
with the competent authority of the training centre/s.
22


EVALUATION      :   The competent authority at the training centre will evaluate the
conduct, work, aptitude, gained experience, efficiency etc. of the student and will
issue the training certificate on the Performance Sheet.

PREPARATION OF AWARD LIST : On the basis of the training, certificate marks
will be allotted to the student by the group incharge.

       Training certificates of the students should not be sent to the Board. These may
be issued to the students after the declaration of their result by the Head of School.

                          I. AGRICULTURE GROUP

                                  (i) Horticulture
PAPER-I                 FUNDAMENTALS OF HORTICULTURE
Time : 2 hrs.                           THEORY                             M. Marks : 30
                                       Semester-I

   1. Definition, imporatance and scope of horticulture.
   2. Branches of horticulture, classification, distribution of horticulture crops
      and horticulture zones of India.
   3. Climatic factors, plant growth and development including effects of adverse
      climatic conditions and their management.
   4. Soil as a media of plant growth including effects of soil conditions.
   5. Propagation-types and methods of propagation, propagation structures,
      tools and equipment, media and containers.
   6. Propagation through seed and factors affecting viability of seeds.
   7. Principles of seed production.
                                      Semester-II
   8. Nursery raising, preparation of bed,seed sowing, protection, hardeing, lifting
      and packing of seedlinas.
   9. Asexual propagation and its importance, propagation by cutting, layering,
      grafting, budding and their types.
   10. Propagation of plants by specialized structures- bulbs, corms, tubers,
       rhizomes, runners, slips stolans, suckers and their types.
   11. Handling of nursery plants, display, marketing and economics of nursery business.
   12. Selection of site, land development including fencing and windbreaks and planting.
   13. Nutrition of horticultural crops.
   14. Irrigation in horticultural crops.
   15. Training and pruning of horticultural crops.
23

   16. Plant protection in horticultural crops.
   17. Methods of communication and transfer of technology.

PAPER-I              FUNDAMENTALS OF HORTICULTURE
Time : 3 hrs.                       PRACTICAL                              M. Marks : 30

1. Survey and selection of site for horticultural crops.
2. Study of garden tools and implements.
3. Collection and analysis of soil and water samples.
4. Study of material and plants required for fencing.
5. Visit to nursery and selection of healthy, true to the type planting material.
Note : Semester-I Practical No. 1,2,3,4,5,8, and 11.


6. Preparation of nursery beds.
7. Practicing the lifting and transplanting of plants.
8. Study of different types of fertilizers, manures and bio fertilizers.
9. Study of symptoms of deficiency of nutrients in horticultural crops.
10. Methods of irrigation including drip and sprinkler in an orchard.
11. Use of different kinds of mulches in horticultural crops.
12. Training and pruning in horticultural crops.
13. Study of seeds and seed germination including pre-sowing treatments.
14. Study of specialized methods in propagation like, runners, suckers, offshoots,
    tubes, bulbs and their planting.
15. Propagation through cuttings and layering, leaf shoot, root cuttings, gootee,
    ground layering using different plant species.
16. Practice of different methods of grafting and budding in roses.
Note : Semester –II Practical No. 6,7,10,12,13,14,15, and 16

PAPER-II                     FRUIT PRODUCTION
Time : 2 hrs.                           THEORY                             M. Marks : 30
                                        Semester-I

1. Importance and present status and future scope of fruit industry in India.
   Nutritive value of fruits. Fruit production as an economic propostion.
2. Classification of fruit crops based on climatic requirements and fruit growing
   zones in Punjab.
3. Selection of site for fruit crops.
4. Layout and planting systems for fruit crops.
24


                                         Semester-II
5. Commercial cultivation of major fruit crops with special reference to their origin, climate,
   soil varieties, propagation, planting, training, pruning nutrition, interculture, irrigation,
   weed control, plant protection, harvesting, grading, storage and marketing of;
Mango, papaya, sapota, citrus fruits, guava, grape, litchi, ber, pomegranate, amla,
pear, peach phalsa, Mamun


PAPER-II                      FRUIT PRODUCTION
Time : 3 hrs.                         PRACTICAL                                M. Marks : 50
                                         Semester-I

1. Visit to an orchard, study of features and identification of fruits crops.
2.   Lay out of orchards by different systems of planting.
3.   Digging of pits, refilling the pits for planting of important fruit crops.
4.   Raising of seedings of fruit crops.
5.   Planting of fruit trees.
                                         Semester-II
6. Methods of training and pruning of fruit crops.
7. Application of manures and fertilizers for fruit crops.
8. Identification and control of insect pest-mango/guava/citrus/pear/peach and ber.
9. Identification and control of diseases in important fruit crops.
10. Study of special problems like malformation in mango/citrus decline.
11. Grading and packaging of fruits.
12. Organoleptic evaluation of cultivars of fruit crops.



PAPER-III                  VEGETABLE PRODUCTION
Time : 2 hrs.                            THEORY                                M. Marks : 30
                                         Semester-I
1. Importance of vegetables and their role in human diet.
2. Present status and future scope of vegetable production in Punjab.
3. Classification of vegetables based upon climate zone parts used in food, cultural practices.
4. Types and system of vegetable growing including protected cultivation and
   cropping sequence. Type of vegetable garden, kitchen garden and market gardens.
5. Nursery raising for vegetables crops.
25



                                       Semester-II
6. Commercial cultivation of the following in respect to climate, soil, varieties,
   planting method, irrigation, weed control, plant protection, harvesting and
   grading: Tomato, brinjal, chilli, okra, watermelon, muskmelon, cucumber,
   gourds, potato, onion, garlic, pea, cauliflower, cabbage, radish, carrot, spinach,
   lettuce vegetables of local importance.
7. Seed production in important vegetable crops like tomato, cauliflower, chilli,
   peas, onion, radish, watermelon and potato.

PAPER-III                 VEGETABLE PRODUCTION
Time : 3 hrs.                          PRACTICAL                          M. Marks : 50

1. Visit to vegetable farms and identification of vegetable crops.
2. Identification of various vegetable seeds.
3. Lay out and soil sterilization for vegetable nurseries.
4. Use of manure and fertilizers for important vegetable crops.
5. Hardening of nursery seedlings.
6. Study of nutrient deficiency symptoms in important vegetable crops.
7. Interculture operations like hoeing, earthing and staking in vegetables.
8. Weed control in vegetable crops.
9. Identification of important diseases of vegetable and their control.
10. Visit to a vegetable seed production farm and seed processing unit.
11. Grading and packaging of vegetable crops.
Note   : Semester – I Practical No. 1,2,3,4, and7
         Semester - II Practical No. 5,6,8,9,10 and 11.

                               (ii) AGRI BUSINESS
PAPER-I                      ELEMENTS OF AGRICULTURE
                                        Semester-I
Time : 2 hrs.                           THEORY                            M. Marks : 30

1. Definition of agriculture, its scope and importance, common agricultural,
   horticultural crops, factors affecting crop production.
2. Soil and water in relation to plant growth.
3. Types of soils, soil fertility, saline and alkaline soils.
4. Critical stages of crops for irrigation, methods of irrigation, water conveyance.
5. Characteristic features of rainted and dryland agriculture.
6. Definition of manures and fertilizer, role in crop production.
26


7. Principles and practices of integrated nutrient management (INM), use of bio-
   fertilizers.
                                        Semester-II
8. Crop production practices including soil and water requirement of crops
   selection of crops according to seasons, field and seed bed preparation, seed
   treatment, sowing, planting and intercultivation practices, weeds and weed
   management/control.
9. Seed its development and multiplication.
10. Importance of pest and diseases management. Common diseases and pests of
    important crops. Common insecticides, fungicides, acaricides, rodenticide,
    nematicides and antibiotics and their uses.
11. Integrated pest and disease management.
12. Familiarization, handling, calibration and use of common farm machinery and
    implements and safety precautions.
13. Methods of drying-open drying, solar drying, natural drying and mechanical drying.
14. Traditional and modern storage structures. Storage conditions for different
    agricultural produce and control of stored grain pest.
15. Processing of produce-shelling cleaning, grading, mixing and packaging methods.
16. Role of livestock's and poultry in economy.


PAPER-I                    ELEMENTS OF AGRICULTURE
Time : 3 hrs.                           PRACTICAL                       M. Marks : 50
                                        Semester-I

1   Visit to an observatory to familiarize with weather recording instruments.
2   Study of growth characters of important crops.
3   Study of deficiency symptoms of essential plant nutrients.
7 Seed treatment with fungicides and bacterial inoculant.
8   Preparation of compost.
9 Preparation of farm yard manure.
10 Identification of inorganic fertilizers.
11 Top dressing of chemical fertilizers.
12 Foliar application of fertilizers.
                                        Semester-II
13 Preparation of ideal seed bed for sowing.
4   Study of soil types.
5   Site visit to know about the use of sprinkler and drip irrigation systems.
27


6    Determination of irrigation requirement of crops and efficiency of irrigation.
7    Site visit to watershed development areas.
14 termination of seed germination.
15 Sowing of seeds.
16 Raising of seeding/plant materials.
18 Identification of insects for common crops.
19 Collection and preservation of insects.
21       Identification, collection and preservation of plant specimens infested by
        common insect-pests and diseases.
20       Preparation of pesticide and fungicide solution of required concentrations
        and their application.
24       Identification of stored grain pests and their prevention.
22      Study of different types of farms implements and their uses.
23      Calibration of various farm implements/tools.
25       Storage of seeds.
26       Study of different packaging equipment.

PAPER-II       INDTODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
                   AND COMPUTER APPLICATIONS
Time : 2 hrs.                        THEORY                              M. Marks : 30
                                       Semester-I

(A) BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
1. Business - Definition, characteristics, objectives, essentials of a successful
   business, various forms of business organization (meaning only), classification
   of business activities-Industry, Commerce, Trade - Aids to Trade, social
   responsibility of a business.
2. Management - Definition, scope, nature, levels of management and managerial skills.
3. Principles of Management.
4. Functions of Management
        •   Planning - Meaning, types of plans, steps in planning, decision making –
            meaning, types of decisions, process/steps in decision - making.

        •   Organisation - Line and staff of organization - meaning.
28


           •   Staffing - Manpower planning - meaning, objectives & importance,
               Recruitment and selection -        meaning, Training and development -
               meaning and difference, need and importance.

           •   Leading - Meaning, Leadership styles.

           •   Motivation - Meaning, need and importance.

           •   Communication – Meaning, types, process and barriers to effective
               communication.

           •   Controlling – Meaning, controlling techniques and advantages.

                                        Semester-II
(B)       COMPUTER APPLICATIONS
      1. Computer Fundamentals
      •    What is a computer ? Block diagram of a Computer, Characteristics. Types
           of computers.
      •    Data representation within computer - Bits, Bytes, EBCDIC, BCD, ASCII,
           number system.
      •    Basic structure of computer - Input, Process, Output.
      •    Memory - RAM, ROM, EPROM, DRAM, CACHE, CDROM.
      •    Input Devices, Output Devices, Data Storage Devices.
      •    Computer Languages.
      •    Operating System- What is an operating system and Types of Operating System.
      2.   MS-DOS- Internal and External Commands
      •    MS-WINDOWS-Introduction to Windows, Advantages of Windows, Control
           panel, Assessories, Overview.
      3. MS-Office

      •    MS-WORD- Starting MS-Word, Creating a Document, Operating a Document,
           Saving a Document, Editing Text, Formatting Text, Viewing Documents,
           Formatting Documents, Line spacing Paragraph spacing, Setting Tabs,
           Indenting Text, Aligning Text, Adding Headers and Footers. Numbering
           Pages. Inserting a Table, Proofing a Document. Spell-check utility, Printing a
           Document, Mail Merge, Use of Internet & sending of E-mails.
29


PAPER-II      INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
                  AND COMPUTER APPLICATIONS
Time : 3 hrs.                       PRACTICAL                                 M. Marks : 50
                                       Semester-I

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

—     Discussion with Agri-busines Managers about their management              - one visit

—     Discussion with public administrator regarding the functioning            - one visit
      of agri-business managers
—     Interviews of agri-business entrepreneurs relating to their social        - one visit
      responsibilities.
—     Visit to two agri-business firms to learn about the planning process.

—     Interviews of agri-business managers to obtain information on             - one visit
      decision-making process.
—     Selection of agri-business organization(s) for acquainting with               - three
      selection process, training, development system and appraisat                    visit
      policies of personnel in the organization.
—     Interviews of two agri-business entrepreneurs to find out how             - one visit
      they motivate their employees.
—     Visit to two agril. farms and interview the farmers about the              - two visit
      communication problems they face in procuring agriculture
      inputs and selling agricultural products/commodities.
—     Visit to two agri-business organizations to study management               - two visit
      techniques followed by them.
—     Selection of agri-business organizations to study how                      - two visit
      computers are used in the business and submit a report about
      how it differs from using computers in general business.

                                      Semester-II
COMPUTER APPLICATIONS
•   Computer Fundamental - Checking the connectivity, peripherals of computer,
    booting (startup) the computer system.
•   MS-DOS - Execution of internal DOS commands, execution of external DOS
    commands, making directory, subdirectory using DOS commands, creating,
    copying, deleting, renaming files and directories using DOS commands,
    formatting floppy disks, backup commands, making tree structure.
•   Windows operation - Using mouse, study of different menus available in
    windows, creating, copying, deleting and renaming operations through windows.
30


•    MS-Word - Loading a Software, creating and opening a document moving,
     copying, deleting, making block, undeleting a text and fonts managemnt,
     printing, spell check, mail merge, export and import utilities.
Paper-III            BOOK KEEPING & FARM PLANNING
Time : 2 hrs.                          THEORY                         M. Marks : 30
                                       Semester-I
1.   Introduction:
     Meaning, nature and scope of accounting. Basic concepts and conventions of
     accounting principle. Double entry system. Advantages of book keeping and
     accounting, limitations of accounting.




2.   Accounting Records :
     Preparation of journal, Ledger, Cash book, types of cash books, Single column
     cash book; Double column cash book, Triple column cash book, Bank cash
     book, petty cash book; Practical problems.
3.   Subsidiary Books :
     Needs and use of subsidiary journal and sub-journals. Purchase book, Trade
     discount, Sales book, Purchase Returns book, Debit Note, Sales return book,
     Credit Note, Practical Problems.
                                       Semester-II
4.   Final Accounts :
     Procedure for preparing Trial balance, final accounts, trading account, Profit &
     loss account Balance sheet; Practical Problems.
5.   Methods of Valuation : Depreciation, methods of computing depreciation.
6.   Farm Planning : Budgeting, techniques of farm planning, farm budgeting,
     steps in farm planning and budgeting, farm plans.



                  BOOK KEEPING & FARM PLANNING
Time : 3 hrs.                          PRACTICAL                      M. Marks : 50
                                       Semester-I

1    Survey of Book-keeping practices followed in Agri-business.
2    Preparation of Journal book.
3    Posting in Ledger.
4    Record of entries in Cash book.
31

5    Preparation   of   Petty cash book.
6    Preparation   of   Purchase book.
7    Preparation   of   Sales book.
8    Preparation   of   Purchase return book.
9    Preparation   of   Sales return book.
                                       Semester-II
10 Preparation of Trial Balance.
11 Computation of Gross profit/Loss.
12 Computation of Net Profit/Loss.
13 Preparation of Balance Sheet.
14 Computation of Depreciation.
15 Preparation of Farm planning.
16 Preparation of budget.

                    (iii) REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE OF
                      POWER DRIVEN FARM MACHINERY
PAPER-I                       BASIC WORKSHOP PRATICES
Time : 2 hrs.                           THEORY                           M. Marks : 30
                                       Semester-I

General
•   Imporatance of safety precautions in a workshop.
•   Introduction to SI units fundamental and derived units.
•   Common workshop hand tools, measuring tools and their application.
    Spanners, socket set, Allen head key wrenches, pliers, pipe and chain
    wrenches, punches and screw drivers. Linear measurement tools, angular
    measurement tools and gauges.
•   Properties and uses of common engineering materials such as cast iron, mild
    steel, high carbon steel, alloy steel, stainless steel, copper, brass, tin, gunmetal,
    bronze, white metal, alluninium wood, plastic and rubber.
•   Measurements of Electical paramities e.g. current, voltage, resistance, Power
    and Power factor.
•   Plumbing : Functions and specifications of common plumbing tools and
    asseceries (pipe dies, pipe ranches etc.).
•   Corrosion and its remedies.
Fitting and Drilling
•   Functions and specifications of common handtools such as vices, hammers,
    files, chisel, reamers, taps and die sets and hand hacksaw.
32


•   Drilling machines - parts and functions. Types of drill bits and applications.
Smithy and Sheet Metal
•   Functions and specifications of smithy tools and accessories - blowers, furnace,
    anvils, swages plates, chisels, swage hammers, tongs, fuller's set, flattener,
    punches, takes, pokers, shovels and press scales.
•   Functions and specifications of common sheet metal tools and accessories -
    staker, hammers (wooden), snips, punches, grooves and chisels.
                                       Semester-II
Welding
•   Arc and Oxy-acetylene welding
•   Functions and specifications of Arc welding equipment and accessories -
    welding transformer, electrodes, electrode holder, cables, cable connectors,
    cable lug, chipping hammer, earthing clamps, wire brush, helmet, screen safety
    goggles, hand gloves and apron.
•   Methods of arc welding, preparation for welding, proper selection of electrodes
    adustment/setting of current; welding defects; precautions in welding.
Turning
•   Lathe: parts and functions of head-stock, bed, chuck, tail-stock, lead screw, tool
    post, apron, dead centre, etc.
•   Applications of pointed edge, straight edge, sharpened edge, facing, rought, left
    hand, right hand round nose and knurling tools.
•   Different operations performed on a lathe - facing, plain turning, step turning,
    taper turning, knurling, threading, boring, etc.
Grinding
•   Double ended power grinder : parts and functions.
•   Composition of grinding wheel material and grinding wheels specifications.
Engineering Drawing
•   Recognition of objects from given pictorial view. (Blue Print Reading of Simple
    assemblies)

PAPER-I                BASIC WORKSHOP PRACTICES
Time : 3 hrs.                       PRACTICAL                              M. Marks : 50
                                       Semester-I

Materials
•   Identification of common engineering materials with regard to type, size and
    specifications- cost iron, mild steel, high carbon steel, alloy steel, stainless steel,
    copper, brass, tin, gunmetal, bronze, white metal, aluminium, etc.
33


•   Simple demonstration of physical properties of materials malleability, ductility,
    brittleness, hardness, etc.
Fitting
•   Hack sawing of solid and hollow material (pipes), straight and cross filling.
•   Preparing jobs involving filling, chipping, drilling and tapping/threading.
•   Preparation of a job by fitting a square piece.
Smithy and Sheet Metal
•   Preparing jobs involving heating, drawing, upsetting and bending.
•   Preparing useful articles involving making, cutting, bending, riverting and
    soldering. (Ex. Preparing funnel).
                                      Semester-II
Plumbing
•   Preparing jobs involving cutting, threading, bending and joining with simple
    pipe fittings.
•   Attending actual jobs of plumbing in institutional areas.
Welding, Arc and OXY acetetyne
•   Preparing jobs having butt joint, arc and gas.
•   Preparing jobs having lap joint, arc and gas.
•   Preparing jobs having T-joing, arc.
•   Preparing jobs having corner joint, arc.
•   Preparing useful jobs such as tables, stools and racks.
Turning
•   Holding a job, its centring and facing; preparing a job involving simple turning,
    step turning, taper turning threading and knurling.
•   Grinding of lathes tools.
Engineering Drawing
•   Reading of simple blue print.
•   To read given drawing of simple object.

Part-II   IRRIGATION, HARVESTING & TUBEWELL TECHNOLOGY
Time : 2 hrs.                        THEORY                             M. Marks : 30
                                      Semester-I

Irrigation and Tubewells :
•   Methods of irrigation and laying of irrigation channels and pipes in relation to
    types of soil and topography of the field.
34


•   Type of Pumps, principles of operation, constructional details and application of
    centrifugal pumps & submersible pumps.
•   Estimation of heads, discharge and power requirement of a pump-set.
•   Fundamentals of electricity, units of measurement and different meters.
                                       Semester-II
•   Types of diesel engines and electric motors for pumping sets.
    Sefety precautions while handling electrical appliances including motors.
    Trouble shooting & maintenance of diesel engines.
    Types of tubewells, selection of sites, drilling methods, installation of pumping sets.
    Rain water irrigation
Harvesting :
•   Functions and Materials of construction of harvesing devices-sickle, reaper,
    combine, potato & groundnut digger.
Threshing :
•   Functions & materials of construction of wheat thresher, different types of
    threshing cylinders and their adjustments.
•   Safe use of threshers & storage.

    IRRIGATION, HARVESTING & TUBEWELL TECHNOLOGY
Time : 3 hrs.                       PRACTICAL                              M. Marks : 50
                                       Semester-I

•   Demonstration of different methods of irrigation.
•   Identification of different types of pumps and their parts.
•   Dismantling & assembling of centrifugal pump.
•   Installation of pump, prime mover, fitting of pipes, valves, pulleys and checking
    for correct alignment; priming, gland packing, operation and trouble shooting of
    centrifugal pump sets, periodical servicing.
•   Dismantling of submersible pump, materials of construction of different
    components and maintenance.
                                       Semester-II
•   Practice in the use of voltmeter, ammeter and megger.
•   Introduction to different types of tubewells.
•   Diesel engine, operations, adjustment and overhauling.
.   Harvesting        (1)    Demonstration and warking of combine Harvester
                      (2)    Use at Reaper
                      (3)    Working of potato digger (material of construction)
35

                     (4)    Working of groundnut digger (material of construction)
.      Threshing     (1)    Demonstration of working of wheat thresher.



Paper-III            CROP PRODUCTION MACHINERY
Time : 2 hrs.                           THEORY                            M. Marks : 30

                                      Semester-I

Tillage
•   Functions, types and implements for Primary and Secondary tillage.
Primary Tillage
•   Mouldboard plough : Types-one way, two way; parts-share, mould board, land
    side, frog etc. material of construction, accessories and their functions, jointer
    coulter, furrow wheel; adjustments of plough-horizontal suction and vertical
    suction; setting of coulter and jointer.
•   Disc plough : Types, parts and function-disc, frame, bearing, scraper,
    adjustment of disc and tilt angles.
Secondary Tillage and Interculture
•   Harrows : types; parts, materials of construction and functions, adjustment of
    gang angle and leveling of harrow.
•   Cultivators; types; parts, materials of construction and functions.
•   Clod crushers, levellers and bund former: types, parts materials of construction
    and functions.
•   Rotavators, parts, materials of construction and functions and safety measures.
•   Zero Tillage.
Seeding Machinery
•   Methods of sowing – broadcasting, dibbling, seed dropping behind the plough,
    drilling hill, dropping, check sowing and transplanting.
•   Seed drills; plain drills and seed-cum-fertiliser drills, various parts, materials of
    construction and their functions; types of seed metering devices, types of furrow
    openers; ground wheel drive, calibration of a seed drill.
•   Planters; types, parts, materials of construction and functions.
•   Types of metering devices; setting up of planter for row and plant spacing.
•   Working principle of transplants.
36


                                    Semester-II
Harvesting Machinery
•   Reaper windrower.
•   Types of tractors and power tiller operated reaper windrowers.
•   Constructional details of reaper windrower, unctions of parts and material of
    constructions and adjustments.
•   Safety precautions.
•   Common faults and corrective measures.
Combine Harvestors
•   Constructional details and functions of different sub-assemblies of tractor
    power take off shaft (P.T.O.) driven and self-propelled combine harvestors.
•   Adjustments in reel,cutter bar, conveyor, threshing unit, separating and
    cleaning unit, grain augers and begging units; power transmission mechanism,
    hydraulic and electrical systems.
•   Care, maintenance offseason storage and safety precautions.
•   Common faults and corrective measures.
•   Familiarisation and identification of different sub-assemblies and components,
    material of construction and functions of combine harvesters.
•   Adjustment, care, maintenance and safety precautions.
•   Common faults and remedies.
•   Straw Reaper
Threshing Machinery
•   Types of power threshers, working principles and constructional details.
•   Different types of threshing cylinders and their adjustments.
•   Types of cleaning & grain handling systems & their adjustments.
•   Care, maintenance and safety precautions.
•   Common faults and corrective measures.
•   Dismantling of power thresher, identification of different components, material
    of construction, checking of damaged/worn out parts, their reconditioning
    repair and/or replacement & assembly.
•   Installation, adjustment & commissioning of a power thresher.
•   Safety precautions.
•   Common faults and trouble shooting.
•   Plant Protection Equipment (Type of sprayers and dusters), uses and safely
    precautions.
37


Paper : III           CROP PRODUCTION MACHINERY
Time : 3 hrs.                        PRACTICAL                               M. Marks : 50

                                        Semester-I

Tillage and Interculture
•   Familiarisation with different agricultural machinery.
•   Identification of different part of mould board plough and materials of
    construction; dismantling of mouldboard plough, reconditioning/replacement of
    damaged/worm-out parts; assembling of different parts of mould board plough;
    adjustments of horizontal and vertical sucions; adjustments of depth, width,
    coulter, jointer and furrow wheel, servicing of mouldboard plough after use.
•   Identification of different part of disc plough, materials of construction of
    various parts; dismantling of disc plough; recontitioning/replacement of
    damaged/worn-out parts; assembling of different parts of disc plough;
    adjustments of disc & tilt angles; adjustments of depth, width & furrow wheel.
•   Identification of different part of disc-harrows and cultivators, materials of
    construction of various parts; dismantling reconditioning/replacement of
    damaged/worm-out parts; assembling and various adjustment.
•   Identification of different part of rotavators & rotary tilters, materials of
    construction of various parts, dismantling of disc plough; reconditioning/
    replacement of damaged/worm-out parts; assembling and lubrication, checking
    of damage to safety guards and their repair.
Seeding and Planting
•   Identification of different part of a seed cum ferfiliser drill; materials of construction
    of various parts; adjustment of furrow opener and reconditioning/replacement of
    damaged/worm-out parts of the seed-cum-fertiliser drills; dismantling of seed and
    fertilizer metering mechanisms and study of parts.
•   Calibration of a seed-cum-fertiliser drill in a shop; servicing and maintenance
    after its use.
•   Identification of different parts of planters-materials of construction,
    adjustments of furrow-opener and reconditioning/replacement of damaged
    /worm-out parts; familiarization with different types of furrow openers,
    selection of proper seed plates, distance gear and their fitting, adjustment of
    land markers; servicing and maintenance of after use.
•   Familiarsation with transplants.
38


                                      Semester-II
Reeper Windrower
•   Identification of different parts and components and materials of construction of
    a reaper windrower. Carrying out adjustments of cutter bar, registration and
    alignment, overload protection safety clutch, operation care and maintenance.
•   Dismantling, checking, reconditioning,         replacement   of   different    reaper
    components and assembly.
•   Trouble shooting.
•   Types of Sprayers and Dusters and precautions to be observed while operating.
Semester II
Combine Harvestor                        (Prectical)              Paper-II
1        Dismantling abd identification of different parts of combine Harvestor
Threshing Machinery
    1)      Dismantling and indentification of different parts of power thresher
    2)      Dismantling and identification of different parts of Reapes.

                II BUSINESS AND COMMERCE GROUP
                            (i) OFFICE SECRETARYSHIP
                             Modern Office Practices - II
Paper-I
Time : 2 hrs.                          Theory                          M. Marks : 30
                                      Semester-I
                                         Part I

Unit-I Introduction
         Meaning and Evolution of Modern Office. Functions of an Office, Place of an
         Office in a Modern Business Organization. Concept of Office Management,
         Departments of a Large Office, Role and Qualities of a Modern Office Manager.
Unit-II Office Machines
         Meaning & Relevance of Office Automation

         Types of Machines : Typewriter, electronic typewriter, duplicating machines,
calculating machines, fax machines, punching card machines, franking machines,
cheques writing machines, telephones, telex and teleprinters, envelope addressing
machines, zerox machines and other machines of routine character e.g. stapler,
envelope opener, punching machines etc. Computer-Hardware (Basics) and
Software (MS Office-MS Word, MS Excel, MS Power Point), Types and use of
printers, scanners, copies and other appliances.
39


                                       Semester-II
                                          Part II
Unit-III   Office Record Management
       Meaning and features of record management, Filling; Charateristics of a
good filing system: Classification of records for filling (Alphabetic, Numeric etc.)
         Modern methods: vertical, horizontal, lateral and suspension; equipment; types
of files; filing routine, disposal of obsolete documents; indexing; importance; types.
      Page index; card index; strip index; rotary index; Micro filing; merit and
demerits; types roll film, fiche, jackets etc. Meaning of electronic filing, Data
Storage Management.
      Procedure for Inward and Outward mailing: Diary register, Dispatch register, peon book.
Unit-IV    Office Accounting and services
       Introduction to elements of book-keeping and accounts, journal, ledger, trial
balance. Cash book, petty cash book and their maintenance, Banking operation
e.g. types of accounts, opening of account, overdraft, cheques, writing of cheques,
crossing of cheques, endorsement of cheques, bank drafts, travelers cheques and
withdrawals and deposits in bank accounts.


                                       PRACTICAL

Time : 3 hrs.                                                               M. Marks : 50
                                       Semester-I
1. Student will be imported practical knowledge regarding basics of computers,
   operation of office machines.
                                       Semester-II
2. Creating presentation with Power Point, working with slides in Power Point,
   creating, editing, formatting, Microsoft Word document, Creating Tables in
   Microsoft word; Creating editing and formatting worksheets in Microsoft Excel,
   working with data in Microsoft Excel.



                            SHORTHAND-ENGLISH
Paper-II                                 Theory
Time : 2 hrs.                                                               M. Marks : 30
                                       Semester-I

                                          Part I
1. Evolution, development, scope and importance of Shorthand.
2. Consonant-definition, stokes, difference between stroke Chay and Ray, Joining
   of strokes.
3. Vowels-definition, vowel sounds, places and value of vowel signs.
40

4. Alternative signs of the consonant R & H. Value of H tick and H dot.

5. Use of Diphthongs, Triphones and their signs.

                                      Semester-II


                                         Part-II
6. Abbreviated W (semi circle).
7. Gramalogues, phraseography
8. Circle S and Z, sw,ss,sz, loop st & str.
9. Use of initial and final hooks, alternative signs of hooked strokes, circle and
   loop with initial and final hooks- 'shun' and 'sh' upward.
10. Halving Principle and doubling principle.



                            SHORTHAND-ENGLISH
                                      Practical
Time : 3 hrs.                                                         M. Marks : 50

                                      Semester-I

1. Students are to pick up a speed of 60W.P.M. They will be dictated a Para of 150
   words, they are to franscribe it within 15 minutes on type writer.

                                      Semester-II
2. Students will be dictated another Para of 150 words which they are to
   transcribe within 15 minutes on type writer.
3. Sessional work-A file of at least 100 pages will be prepared by the students
   during the session.

    o-
g/g o-II                                   v-
                                   ÙkoNj?A v-gz ikph
                                         gkm-
                                         gkm- eq w
;wK L 2 xzN/                           fbysh gqhfynk                     eZ[b nze L 30
                                          Gkr-
                                          Gkr-I
                                      Semester-I

1a   ÙkoNj?Av dh T[Zsgsh, ftek;, y/so ns/ wjZssk.

2a   ftnziB-gfoGkÙk, ftnziB o/yktK, u$o ftZu nzso, ;No'eK dk nkg; ftZu i'VBk.
41


3a   ;to-gfoGkÙk, GkohnK s/ jbehnK ;[oK, gfjb/, d{i/ ns/ shi/ ;EkB d/ ;to fuzBQK dh tos'A,
     bkJhB nB[;ko ÙpdK$;No'eK dk fbyD ;EkB.
4a   pdb o/yktK-o$V, b, j, ftnziB o/yktK d/ pdbt/A o{g, “j” fNZe ns/ “j” vkN (fpzdh).
5a   ;z:[es ;to, ftÙokw fuzB, fpzdh, fNZgh dk gq:'r.
                                                   Gkr-
                                                   Gkr- II
                                             Semester-II

6a   “t” bJh nZXk uZeo 9 (;?wh-;oeb).
7a   Ùpd fuzBQ, ftÙokw fuzB, fpzdh, fNZgh dk gq:'r.

8a   S'Nk$tZvk uZe$bx{ dh tos'A ns/ ikDekoh.

9a   nkozGe ns/ nzsw jZ[eK dk gq:'r, jZ[e bZrhnK ;No'eK d/ pdbt/A o{g, nkozGe s/ nzsw jZ[eK
     Bkb uZeo d/ b{g dh tos'A. ÙB jZ[e
10a ftnziB o/yktK dk nZX eoB ns/ dZ[rDk-eoB dk f;XKs.

                                           gq:'rh gqhfynk
;wK L 3 xzN/                                                                          eZ[ b nze L 50
                                              Semester-I

1a   150 ÙpdK dk fJZe g?ok, 60 Ùpd gqsh fwzN dh o¯sko Bkb (YkJh fwzNK ftZu) fbytkfJnk
     ikt/rk. fJ; dk fbZgh nzsoD NkJhg wÙhB okjhA 15 fwzN ftZu eoBk j't/rk.

                                             Semester-II

2a   150 ÙpdK dk fJZe j'o g?ok, 60 Ùpd gqsh fwzN dh o¯sko Bkb fbytkfJnk ikt/rk.
     gqhfynkoEh fJ; dk th fbZgh nzsoD NkJhg wÙhB okjhA 15 fwzNK ftZu wqezwb eoDr/.

3a   f;ybkJh d"okB ftfdnkoEh tb'A ÙkoNj?Av fbyh B'N-p[Ze ns/ NkJhg wÙhB d[nkok fbZgh
     nzsoB ehs/ ezw dh xZN'-xZN 100 gzfBnK dh ckJhb fsnko ehsh ikt/.

isij&II                                   'kkVZgSaM (fgUnh)
                                              fyf[kr ijh{kk
                                              Semester-I

le; % 2 ?kaVs                                      Hkkx&I                         vf/dre vad % 30
1-   'kkVZgSaM dh mRifr] fodkl] {ks=k vkSj egRoA
2-   O;atu&ifjHkk"kk] O;atu js[kk] p@j esa varj] lVjksdksa dks vkil esa tksMukA
42


3-   Loj&ifjHkk"kk] Hkkjh vkSj gYdh lqjksa] lqjksa ds LVªksd ds chp rhljs LFkku ds Loj fpUg dk iz;ksx] iafDr;ksa
     ds vuqlkj 'kCnksaA LVjksdksa dks fy[kus dh txgA
4-   cnyus okyh js[kk,a& j@M@y@g O;atu js[kkvksa ds cnys :i ^g* fVd vkSj ^g* Mk¡VA
5-   la;qDr Loj&ifjHkk"kk vkSj iz;ksxA
                                                 Semester-II

                                                    Hkkx&II
6-  ^o* ds fy, vk/k pØ (lSeh ljdy)A
7-  'kCn fpß] fo'kjkw fpUg] fcUnh dk iz;ksxA
8-  NksVk@cM+k pDdj@ywi dk iz;ksx o tkudkjhA
9-  vkjEGk vkSj vafre gqdksa dk iz;ksx] gqd yxh gqbZ LVªksd ds cnys :i] vkjafHkd vkSj vafre gqdksa ds
    lkFk pDdj vkSj ywi ^'ku* ,ao ^'k* Åij okysA
10- vk/kdju vkSj nksxq.kk djus dk fl¼karA

                                                 iz;ksxh ijh{kk
le; % 3 ?kaVs                                                                             vf/dre vad % 50
                                                 Semester-I

1-    <kbZ (2½) feUV dk ,d iSjk tks 150 'kCnksa dk gksxk] tks 60 'kCn izfr feUV dh xfr ls fy[kk;k
      tk,xkA bldk fyfi&varju 15 feUVksa esa djuk gksxkA
                                                 Semester-II
2-    <kbZ (2½) feUV dk ,d vkSj iSjk tks fd 150 'kCnksa dk gksxk] bls Hkh 60 'kCn izfr feUV dh xfr ls
      fy[kk;k tk,xkA bldk Hkh fyfi&varju 15 feUVksa esa iwjk djuk gksxkA
3-    fl[kykbZ ds :i esa lS'ku ds nkSjku ifj{kkFkhZ dh vkSj ls iwjs o"kZ esa fd;s x, dk;Z dh de ls de 100 i`"Bksa dh
      QkbZy rS;kj dh tk,xhA


Paper-III                           TYPEWRITING-ENGLISH
                                                    Syllabus
Time : 2 hours                                                                                 M. Marks : 30
                                                 Semester-I
                                                     Part-I
     1. Type-writer-Introduction, importance; types-standard ad portable.
     2. Care and upkeep of the typewriter, instruments for removing minor faults of
        typewriter, typewriter accessories.
     3. Essential parts of typewriter and their functions.
43

     4. Ribbon-Introduction. Need of changing ribbon , method of changing ribbon,
        care of ribbon.
     5. Typing-Introduction, sifting posture, insertion of paper, fixing margins.
     6. Methods of typing-touch and sight system.

                                       Part-II
     7. Key-board practice, keyboard structure, different keys.

                                      Semester-II
     8. Speed development and importance of accuracy in typing.
     9. Punctuations and their use.
     10. Errors and omissions in typing and their rectification.
     11. How to type general letters/applications for different posts. Different forms
         of letters-private and government.

                                          Practical
Time : 3 hrs                                                               M. Marks : 50
                                        Semester-I

     1. Students are to pick up speed of 25 W.P.M. A para of 250 words will be
        given to students which they are to typed in 10 minutes.

                                        Semester-II
     2. Typing a letter or application of at least 200 words for a post in 30 minutes.
     3. Sessional work. A file of at least 100 pages will be prepared by students
        during the session.

    o-
g/g o-III                        NkfJg okfJfNz r-gz i kph
;wK L 2 xzN/                                                               eZ[ b nze L 30
                                        Semester-I
                                           Gkr-
                                           Gkr-I
1a    gzikph NkJhg wÙhB Bkb ikD-gSkD, wjZssk, wÙhBK dhnK fe;wK-;N?Avov, g'oN/pb.
2a    NkJhg wÙhB dh ;zGkb, ;ckJh S'N/-w'N/ B[e; d{o eoB bJh ;k˜'-;wkB (n"˜ko).
3a    NkJhg wÙhB d/ wZ[y Gkr s/ T[jBK dh tos'A.
4a    fopB-ikD-gSkD, pdbD dh b'V, ftXh s/ ;KG-;zGkb.
5a    NkJhg eoB ;zpzXh nkw tkech, p?mD dk Yzr, ekr˜ uVkT[Dk, jkÙhnk ;?N eoBk.
6a    NkJhg eoB dhnK ftXhnK, gqsZy ns/ S'j gqDkbh.
44


                                                  Gkr-
                                                  Gkr- II

7a   eh-p'ov nfGnk;- eh p'ov YKuk, tZy-tZy eh˜ (Keys).
                                              Semester-II
8a   ;kc, ÙZ[X ns/ s/ih Bkb NkJhg eoBk.
9a   ftÙokw fuzBQ ns/ T[jBK dk NkJhfgzr ftZu gq:'r.
10a nÙZ[XhnK, GZ[bK ns/ T[jBK dk ;[Xko.
11a nkw ihtB ftZu ezw nkT[D tkb/ fpB?-gZso, tZy-tZy n;kwhnK bJh G/i/ ikD tkb/ fpB?-
    gZso, fBZih ns/ ;oekoh gZsoK d/ tZy-tZy Bw{B/.

                                                 g? q eNheb

;wK L 3 xzN/                                                                          tZX s'A tZX nze L 50

                                               Semester-I

1a   gzikph NkJhg- gqhfynk bJh 250 ÙpdK dk fJZe g?oQK fdZsk ikt/rk, fi; Bz{ 10 fwzNK ftZu 25
     Ùpd gqsh fwzN dh ocsko Bkb NkJhg eoBk j't/rk.
                                              Semester-II

2a   tZy-tZy n;kwhnK bJh G/fink ikD tkbk fpB?-gZso iK nkw ihtB ftZu'A fbfynk ikD tkbk xZN'-
     xZN 20 ÙpdK dk ;XkoD gZso fdZsk ikt/rk. fijVk gqhfynkoEh 30 fwzNK ftZu'A NkJhg eo/rk.
3a   ;kb d"okB ftfdnkoEh tZb'A NkJhg ezwK dh xZN'-xZN 100 gzfBnK dh ckJhb fsnko ehsh ikt/.


isij&III                            VkbZi&jkbfVax (fgUnh)
                                               fyf[kr ijh{kk
                                               Semester-I
Le; % 2 ?kaVs                                    Hkkx&I                              vf/dre vad % 30
1-   fgUnh VkbZi e'khu ds lkFk tku&igpku] egRo] e'khuksa dh fdLesa %& LVSaMªM ,ao iksjVscyA
2-   VkbZi e'khu dh laHkky] lQkbZ] NksVs&NksVs uqDlksa dks Bhd djus ds fy, iz;ksx gksus okyk lkeku vkSj vkSt+kjA
3-   VkbZi e'khu ds izeq[k Hkkx vkSj mudk iz;ksxA
4-   fjcu&tku&igpku] cnyus dh t:jr fof/ vkSj laHkkyA
5-   VkbZi e'khu lEcU/h tkudkjh&cSBus dk <ax] dkxt p<+kuk vkSj gkf'k;k lgh djukA
6-   VkbZi djus dh fof/;ka& izR;{k (Sight) ,ao vizR;{k (touch) iz.kkyhA
                                                  Hkkx&II
7-    dh&cksZM vH;kl&dh&cksZM foHkktu] xkbZM dht+ (Keys)A
45


                                                 Semester-II
8-        lkQ] 'kq¼ vkSj rhozrk (Speed) ds lkFk VkbZi djukA
9-        fojke fpß vkSj mudk iz;ksxA
10-       v'kqf¼;ka] xYrh;ka vkSj lq/kjA
11-       vke thou ds iz;ksx okys i=k] vyx&vyx ukSdfj;ksa ds fy, Hksts tkus okys izkFkZuk i=kA

                                                 iz;ksxh ijh{kk
le; % 3 ?kaVs                                                                        vf/dre vad % 50
                                                 Semester-I

1-        fgUnh VkbZi ijh{kk ds fy, 250 'kCnksa dk ,d iSjk fn;k tk,xk ftls ijh{kkFkhZ 10 feuV esa VkbZi djsxkA
                                                 Semester-II
2-        vyx&vyx ukSdfj;ksa ds fy, Hksts tkus okys izkFkZuk i=k rFk vke thou esa fy[kk;k tkus okyk i=k
          fn;k tk,xk tks fo/kFkhZ dks 30 feuV esa VkbZi djuk gksxkA
3-        iwjs o"kZ esa fo/kFkhZ }kjk fd, x, VkbZi dke dh de ls de 100 iUuksA dh QkbZy rS;kj dh tk,xhA


                             (ii) ACCOUNTANCY & AUDITING
Paper-I                                 Modern Office Practices
Time : 2 hrs.                                       Theory                              M. Marks : 30

                                                    Part-A
Unit-I        Introduction
      •      Meaning and Evaluation of Modern Office. Functions of an Office, Place of an
            office in a modern Business organization. Concept of Office Management,
            Department of a Large Office, Role and Qualities of a Modern Office Manager.
Unit-II Office Machines
            Meaning & Relevance of Office Automation

            Types of Machines: Typewriter, electronic, typewriter duplicating machines,
            calculating machines, punching card machines, franking machines, cheque
            writing machines, telephones, telex and teleprinters, envelope addressing
            machines, zerox machines and other machines of routine character e.g.
            stapler, envelope opener, punching machines etc. Computer-Hardware
            (Basics) and Software (MS Office-MS Word, MS Excel, MS Power Point),
            Types and Use of Printers, Scanners, Copies and other appliances.
46


                                         Part-B
Unit-III   Office Communication
       Meaning and Importance of Effective Communication.
       Ways of Communication: Verbal (Written, spoken) and non-verbal
       communication, Internal and External Communication - Their importance
       in different setting and their disadvantages.
       Tools of Communication : Letter, Telephone, Extension PBX, Intercom,
       facsimile, e-mail, video conferencing, etc.
       Postal Services: Different modes of sending letters, parcels, telegrams and
       packets, Courier, Speed post.


Unit-IV    Office Record Management
       Meaning and features of record managemnt, Filling : Characteristics of a
       good filling system: classification of records for filling (Alphabetic, Numeric,
       etc.) Modern methods; vertical, horizontal, lateral and Suspension;
       equipment; types of Files, filling routine; disposal of obsolete documents;
       indexing, importance, types-page index; card index; strip index; rotary
       index, Micro filling merit and demerits; types roll film, fiche, jackets, etc.
       Meaning of electronics filing, data storage management.


       Note : Semester –I (Unit-I, Unit-III)
               Semester-II (Unit-II, Unit-IV)


                                      PRACTICAL

Time : 3 hrs                                                          M. Marks : 50
      Student will be impared a practical knowledge regarding basics of
computers, Operation of Scanner, Printer, Photocopiers, fax Machines and other
office application Communication skills (Resume writing and applications of jobs).
Creating presentation with Power Point, working with slides in Power Point;
Creating, editing, formatting Microsoft Word document, Creating Tables in
Microsoft word, Creating editing and formatting worksheets in Microsoft Excel,
working with data in Microsoft Excel.

Note Semester –I      Communication skill, Resume writing and application for
                      jobs.
     Semester-II      Remaining pracitical exercise of semester-I
47



Paper II        PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS
Time : 3 hrs.                               Theory                 Max. Marks : 80
                                            Part A
                                       Principle of Business              Marks : 40
(i)     Business-Definition, its nature, functions and importance.     Component of
        Business-Commerce Industry and Trade.

(ii)    Forms of Organizations : Sole Trader, Partnership and Joint Stock Company,
        their features, advantages and disadvantages.

(iii)   Methods of Buying and Selling, Conditions of Purchase and Sale.

(iv)    Functions and Services of Whole sellers and Retailers, Direct Marketing, Tele
        Marketing, Internet Marketing.

(v)     Meaning of Bank, Functions of a bank, types of bank accounts, cheques,
        drafts, bills of exchange and promissory notes.

(vi)    Importance of transport; merits and demerits of different modes of transport.

(vii) Communication : postal, telegraph and recent trends in communication, fax,
        internet, e-mail, video-conferencing.

                                             Part B

                                       Economics                     Marks : 40

(i)     Definition and scope of Economics, the economic activities of man, subject
        matter of economics, fundamental concepts - wealth, goods,utility, value and
        price, consumption, human wants and their satisfaction, laws of diminishing
        and equi-marginal utility, demand, law of demand and elasticity of demand.
        Supply, law of supply and elasticity of supply.

(ii)    Production: Meaning and factors of production; Land and its productivity,
        Labour; Meaning, features of labour, division of labour, efficiency of labour,
        mobility of labour, Capital : Meaning and functions; Entrepreneurship:
        Meaning, features and significance.

Note : Semester- I (Part A (i, ii and iii), Part-B (i) )

         Semester-II (Part A (iv, v, vi and vii), Part-B (i) )
48




PAPER-III           BOOK KEEPING AND ACCOUNTANCY
Time : 3 hrs.                                                      Max. Marks : 80
                                        PART-A
Unit I     Introduction to Accounting
         Accounting Meaning, Accounting as source of information, internal and
         external users of accounting information and their needs, Advantages and
         limitations of Accounting. Difference between book-keeping and Accountancy.
         Basic Accountancy terms - Asset, Liability, Capital, Expense, Income,
         Expenditure, Revenue, Debtor, Creditor, Goods, Cost, Gain, Stock, Purchase,
         Sale, Loss, Profit, Voucher, Discount : Cash and Trade discount, Transactions.
Unit II    Recording Businses transactions
         Voucher and Transactions : Origin of Transactions-Source Documents and
         Vouchers, Preparation of Vouchers,      Accounting Equation Approach-
         Meaning and Analysis of transactions using Accounting equations, Rules of
         Debit and Credit.
         Recording of Transactions : Books of original entry : Journal, Special
         Purpose Books (a) Cash Books-Simple, Cash book with Bank column and
         Petty Cash book, (b) Purchase Book (c) Sales Book (d) Purchase Returns
         Book (e) Sale Returns book (f) Bills Receivable Book (g) Bills Payable Book.
Unit III    Trial Balance and Rectification of Errors
         Trial Balance : Meaning, Objective, Advantages and Methods of preparation.
         Errors : Types of Errors, Errors affecting Trial Balance, Errors not affecting
         Trial Balance.
         Detection and Rectification of Errors (One sided and two sides); Use of
         suspense Account.
Unit IV     Bank Reconciliation Statement
         Bank Reconciliation Statement: Meaning, Need and Preparation Correct
         Cash Balance.
                                        PART-B
Unit V      Accounting for Bills of Exchange
         Bills of Exchange and Promissory Note : Definition, Features, Parties,
         Specimen and Distinction.
         Important Terms : Term of Bill, Concept of Accommondation Bill, Days of
         Grace, Date of Maturity, Bill at Sight, Bill After Date, negotiation,
         Endorsement, Discounting of Bell, Dishonour, Retirement and Renewal of a
         Bill, Insolvency of a Acceptor.
49


       Accounting treatment of Bill Transactions.
Unit VI     Depreciation of Assets.
       Depreciation : Meaning and need for charging depreciation, Factor affecting
       Depreciation, Methods of Depreciation-Straight Line Method, Written Down
       Value Method (Excluding change in method), Method of Recording
       Depreciation charging to Assets Account, Treatment of Disposal of Assets.
Unit VII Financial statements
       Financial Statements : Meaning and Objectives.
       Distribution between Capital and Revenue Expenditure.
       Balance Sheet : Need, Grouping, Marshalling of Assets and Liabilities,
       Vertical Presentations of Financial Statements.
       Adjustments of Preparation of Financial Statements with Respect to Closing
       Stock, Outstanding Expenses, Prepaid Expenses, Accrued Income, Income
       Received in Advance, Depreciation, Bad Debts, Provision of Doubtful Debts,
       Provision of Discount on Debtors, Manager's Commission.
       Preparation of Trading and Profit & Loss Account and Balance Sheet of Sole
       Proprietorship.
Unit VIII     Auditing
       Origin of Auditing : Meaning and definition of Auditing : Function and
       objectives of Auditing.
       Qualities of an Auditor: Scope of Auditing; Advantages and Limitations of
       Auditing; Auditing in India.
Note : Semester- I Part-A (Unit-I, Unit-II) , Part-B (Unit-III, Unit-IV)
        Semester-II Part-A (Unit-V, Unit-VI) , Part B (Unit-VII, Unit VIII)

                         III   HOME SCIENCE GROUP
                          (i) FOOD PRESERVATION
Paper-I              FUNDAMENTAL OF FOOD PRESERVATION
Time : 2 hrs.                           THEORY                         Max. Marks : 30
                                       Semester-I

1. Our Food-Functions of food, basic food groups, sources & functions of various nutrients.
2. Food Preservation Industry-Its need, future scope and role in the economy of
   country with special reference to Punjab.
3. Effects of processing and storage on the nutritive value, colour, appearance,
   texture, flavour and overall acceptability of foods.
50


                                       Semester-II
4. Post harvest technology for fruits and vegetables - surface coating, low
   temperature, maturity & ripening and deep freezing.
5. Food Additives-spices, preseratives flavours & colours - their properties and uses.
6. Study of (a) Simple equipments and their use-thermometer, gelmeter,
   hygrometer, salinometer and repractameter (b) Simple laboratory processes
   used in food industries- Pasteurization, homogenization, filtration, distillation,
   evaporation, condensation.
7. Study of pH, mode of detection and its role in food preservation.



              FUNDAMENTALS OF FOOD PRESERVATION
                                       PRACTICAL
Time : 3 hrs                                                             M. Marks : 50
                                       Semester-I
1.     Weights, measures and conversions.
2. a. Use of simple equipments used in the food industry such as thermometer,
      gel-meters, hygrometer, refractometer and salinometer.
     b. Simple processes like distillation, evaporation, condensation, pasteurization
        and homigenization.
3.     Methods of increasing shelf life of perishable foods by surface coating and low
       temperature.
                                       Semester-II
4.    Market surveys -
         a. Type of food available.
         b. Prices.
         c. Handling techniques (container, bags etc.)
5.    Preparation and standardization of Normal Solutions.
6.    Determination of acidity and alkalinity & pH.
7.    Visit to orchard/market to observe stages of maturity of locally grown
      vegetables and fruits.
8.    All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis and samples.

Paper-II      FOOD MICROBIOLOGY AND QUALITY CONTROL
                                        THEORY
Time : 2 hrs.                                                         Max. Marks : 30
                                       Semester-I
1. Elementary knowledge of Mould, Yeast & Bacteria, their advantage and
   disadvantages with reference to food.
51

2. Causes of food spoilage - Physical, Microbial and Enzymatic.
3. Control of Communication in preserved foods.]
                                    Semester-II
4. Food Poisioning - Causes & Control.
5. Effect of Heat & pH on Micro organisms.
6. Quality Control-Evaluation, methods, system and scope.
   a) Food standards & specifications - Food laws governing FPO, MFPO, PEA,
       ISI, Agmark, FSSA (Food safety & Standard Act).
7. Organo-Ieptic (Sensory) evaluation of foods.
8. Food Adulteration-common adulterants and simple detection techniques.



            FOOD MICROBIOLOGY AND QUALITY CONTROL
                                        PRACTICAL
Time : 3 hrs                                                                M. Marks : 50
                                        Semester-I
1. Use of microscope, its parts, accessories and their use.
2. A visit to microbiological laboratory in the area and report writing for the same.
3. Method of preparing slides and use of simple stains.
4. Practical observation and identification of common organisms causing food spoilage.
                                       Semester-II
5. Simple techniques of detecting food adulteration.
6. Methods of detection of spoiled cans and care while consuming high pH foods.
7. Fermentation techniques for juices and beverages.
8. Determination of total soluble solids by refractometer - hygrometer salinometer
    and gel meter etc.
9. Determination of salt in food products by chemical analysis.
10. Market survey for consumer awareness regarding Quality Control and labels.
All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis and samples.



Paper-III             FOOD PRESERVATION TECHNIQUES
                                          THEORY
Time : 2 hrs.                                                           Max. Marks : 30
                                         Semester-I
1.   Food Preservation - Definition, importance, principles and methods of food preservation.
2.   Preservation by salting, Brining, Curing and Pickling.
3.   Preservation by sugar-principles involved in jams, jellies, marmalades, preserve,
     glazed, Crystallized.
4.   Preservation by Chemical-class I and class II preservatives.
52

                                    Semester-II
5. Refrigeration and freezing-advantages and disadvantages, storage and spoilage.
6. Sun drying and dehydration-principles involved, factors affecting drying, types
   of dehydrators, dehydration & rehydration ratios.
7. Preservation by alcoholic, acetic and lactic acid fermentation in foods and their
   importance in the diet.
8. Advanced methods of preservation:
      (i) Irradiation.
      (ii) Antibiotics.
      (iii) Controlled atmospheric storage.
9. Pectin-Properties, uses and grades.
                     FOOD PRESERVATION TECHNIQUES
Paper-III                         PRACTICAL
Time : 3 hrs.                                                     Max. Marks : 50
                                    Semester-I

1. Preparation, Organo leptic Evaluation and costing of the following as per
   seasonal availability.
       a)    Pickles
       b)    Jams & Marmalade
       c)    Sauces, Ketchup, Chutneys.
                                        Semester-II
       d)    Fruit Juices, Squash, Crush, Cordial, RTC beverages, Sweetened
             Juices, fruit & Synthetic Syrups & Fruit Toffees.
       e)    Pappad & Varian.
2.   Sundrying of seasonal Vegetables & Calculating their dehydration and
     rehydraion ratio.
3.   Visit to Cold Store & Food processing industry & report writing for the same.
All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis and samples.



            (ii)    Commercial Garment Designing & Making
Paper-I                         TEXTILE SCIENCE
                   (COMMON FOR ALL THE TEXTILE BASED COURSES)
                                      THEORY
Time : 2 hrs.                                                    Max. Marks : 30

1. Fibres - Introduction to Textiles Fibres, classification and description of
   various textile fiblres (Natural, manmade and synthetic), Physical and Chemical
   properties for identification, use and care.
53

2. Yarn -       Types of Yarns - simple, novelty and textured yarns.
3. Weaves - Introduction to different types of weaves. (not for the students of knitting technology).
     Introduction to different types of knittings (For Knitting technology students only).

4. Dyes -   Introduction to dyeing, classification of dyes as per their application -
   Natural, Direct, Acidic, Basic, sulphur Indigosol/soluble vat, Reactive, Disperse
   Nephathol or Azoic, chrome, Oxidation dyes and Pigment colours.
5. Finishes - Purpose, types & understanding the effect of some common finishes
   used in textile industry like Mercerisation, Sanforisation, Sizing, Crease
   resistance, Calendering, Tentering and Embossing.
6. Study of various kinds of stains on textile and their removal.

Note : Semester-I (1,2,3)
        Semester-II (4,5 and 6)


                                   TEXTILE SCIENCE
Paper-I                                 PRACTICAL
Time : 3 hrs.                                                                  Max. Marks : 50
                                            Semester-I

     1) Identification of various textiles fibres by Physical (Burning and Microscopic)
        and Chemical (Solubility) methods.
     2) Methods of Washing, Bleaching, starching, drying and ironing of various fabrics.
                                           Semester-II
     3) Colour fastness test to heat, Sunlight, gas fumes, perspiration, humidity,
        washing, crocking and Ironing on coloured natual fabrics.
     4) Identification of various types of vegetable, animal, chemical and mineral
        stains and their removal.
All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis and samples.



Paper-II            DESIGNING AND PATTERN MAKING
                                             THEORY
Time : 2 hrs.                                                                  Max. Marks : 30
                                            Semester-I

1.   Design -           a) Concept and types - Structural and applied.
                        b)   Elements of design - Line, Colour, Texture, Form and Shape.
54


                     (i)   Line - Straight, Vertical, Diagonal, Horizontal and Curved lines.
                     (ii) Colour - Theory of colour, qualities of colour, colour wheel,
                          colour schemes. Psychological impact of colours and
                          factors affecting choice of colours.
                     (c) Principles of design-Balance, Harmony, Rhythm, Proportion
                         and Emphasis in relation to apparel.
2.   Sketching -     a) Tools for drawing and sketching.
                    b)     Figure sketching - Normal figure, Fashion figure, Block
                           figure and Flesh Figure
                    c)     Optical illusions of
                     (i)   Inner lines - Vertical, Horizontal, Diagonal & Curved lines
                           and also of big and smallChecks.
                     (ii) Outer lines - Rectangular, Circular, Square, Triangular,
                          Inverted Triangular.
                     (iii) Wide and Narrow panels of various garments.
                     (iv) Sleeves, Collars, Neck lines. Yokes and Pockets.
3.   Introduction to measuring, marking, drafting and cutting tools.
4.   Paper pattern - Purpose, principles, techniques and use in lay out any cutting.
5.   Importance of taking accurate body measurements, locating proper measuring
     points for children, women and men.
                                         Semester-II
6.   Standard measurements for children (measurement charts).
7.   Introduction to pattern manipulation and principles of pattern manipulations.
8.   Adaptation of basic paper pattern to size, shape,darts and fullness.
9.   Method of adaptation of basic bodice block for developing garment pattern.
10. Collar, sleeve and yoke manipulations.


                   DESIGNING AND PATTERN MAKING
                                         PRACTICAL
Time : 3 hrs.                                                          Max. Marks : 50
                                         Semester-I

1.   Design -        a)    Basic lines
                     b)    Colour-Wheel, tints and tones, combinations and schemes.
                     c)    Texture-Textural combinations with fibric samples.
2.   Sketching -     a)    Floral and Geometrical motifs.
                     b)    Block Figure, Flesh figure, Normal and Fashion figure.
                     c)    Composition of figures with pencil shading and colour media.
55


                     d)   Flesh figures with garments for ladies and children
                          keeping in view the modern trends of fashion.
3.   Taking body measurements, their sequence and application in drafting and cutting.
4.   Drafting child's bodice block.
                                      Semester-II
5. Drafting child's sleeve block.
6. Adjustment in block pattern of children.
7. Drafting lady's bodice block.
8. Drafting lady's sleeve block.
9. Adjustment in block pattern of ladies.
10. Making paper pattern of basic bodice block, sleeves and collars.
All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis and samples.


                          CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION
Paper-III                              THEORY
Time : 2 hrs.                                                        Max. Marks : 30
                                      Semester-I

1.   Tools and equipments for sewing Ironing and finishing.
2.   Sewing machine :
      a) Types - Hand, Tradle and Motorized ; main parts, their operations and
         safety measures.
      b) Different types of stitching adjustments attachments and their uses.
      c) Minor defects and their remedies.
      d) Sewing threads - their number, sizes and uses with relation to needle and cloth.
3.   Basic processes for garment making -
      a) Basic stitches - Basting, Running stitch, Back stitch, Blanket stitch,
         Button-hole. Hemming, Slip stitch, Whipping, Lock stitch.
      b) Decorative stitches - Lazy-daisy, Chain, Stain stitch, Herring bone,
         Feather-long and short, French knot, Patch work. Mirror work Cross
         stitch and Beading.
      c) Seams and seam finishes - Plain seam, Counter hem seam, Lapped seam,
         Run and fell seam.
                                         Semester-II
4.   Principles of Garments Making -
      a) Preparation of fabric-shrinking, straightening, ironing.
      b) Placing, marking, cutting and handling of various type of materials.
      c) Selection of trimmings, supporting fabric (lining, interlining) and fastner.
56


5.   Disposal of fullness - Pleats-Knife, Box, Laverted; Darts, Tucks, Pin shells,
     Gathers, Smocking, Shirring, Frills and Ruftle.
6.   Plackets - One piece and two piece placket opening.
7.   Fastners- Press buttons, 'Hooks and eyes, Eyelets buckles, Button, Button
     holes, Zippers and Velero tape.
8.   Edge Finishes - Facing and Binding both biased and shaped.



                         CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION
Paper-III                              PRACTICAL
Time : 3 hrs.                                                         Max. Marks : 50
                                       Semester-I

1.   Identification and maintenance of tools and equipment of dress making.
2.   Sewing machine -
       a) Types, main parts, operation and care.
       b) Main adjustments while operating sewing machine.
       c) Special attachments and their use.
       d) Minor defects and rectification.
       3. Selection and use of different threads and needles for various fabrics.
4.   Making samples of -
       a) Basic stitches.
       b) Decorative stitches.
       c) Seams.
       d) Disposal of fullness.
       e) Fastners.
       f)   Edge Finishes
                                      Semester-II
5.     Drafting of basic bodice blocks for children and women.
6    Adapting the basic blocks for making the following garments;
       a) Children - Frock & Shorts.
       b) Women - Petticoat, Saree Blouse, Salwar Kameez.
7.   Estimation of the fabric and accessories on the basis of body measurements.
8.   Fitting, finishing, Ironing and folding of the above garments.
9.   Files (a) Sample file, (b) Drafting and adaptation file.
All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis and samples.
57


                             (iii)   TEXTILE CRAFT
Paper-I                          TEXTILE SCIENCE
                         (SAME AS GIVEN UNDER
                COMMERCIAL GARMENT DESIGNING & MAKING)

Paper-II             YARN PREPARATION AND FABRIC STRUCTURE
                              THEORY
Time : 2 hrs.                                                          M. Marks : 30
                                      Semester-I

1. Spinning & its types -
       a)   Mechanical - spinning of cotton, wool and worsted.
       b)   Chemical - Melt, Dry & wet spinning.
2. Terminology related to fabrication - fabric, Warp, Weft Woof, Weave, repeat
   pattern, design, draft plan, peg plan, selvedge (Plain, Tape, Split, Fused, Ieno,
   Tucked), texture motif and picks.
3.   Introduction to yarn preparation, winding, wraping - Definition & different
     methods of warping, warping calculations (no. of ends/inch, no. of picks/
     inch/no. of bobbins, no. of sections, width of sections, length of warp on
     bobbins, total length of yarn, weight of yarn, width of cloth including selvedge),
     sizing beaming, looming, yarn count, reed count and count of folded yarn.
4.   Aims, objective and scope of weaving.
                                      Semester-II
5.   Use of graph paper.
6.   Detailed classification of weaves - Elementary, Compound and Complex.
7.   Introduction to the following weaves alongwith their draft plan and peg plan :
     Plain weave - Rib and Basket, Twill weave- Regular, Pointed Honey Comb,
     Satin, Sateen, Pile weave-Cut and Uncut.
8.   Introduction to Computer Aided Weaving.



            YARN PREPARATION AND FABRIC STRUCTURE
                                      PRACTICAL
Time : 3 hrs.                                                       Max. Marks : 50

1. Warp and Weft winding, Pin winding, Bobbin winding and cone winding.
2. Plain Weave-Preparation of wrap, drafting, denting and drawing.
58


3. Basket Weave-Preparation of warp, drafting, denting and drawing.
4. Regular twill Weave - Preparation of warp, drafting, denting and drawing.
5. Pile Weave - Preparation of warp, drafting, denting and drawing.
6. Simple exercise on different types of knotting.
7. Introduction in Computer Aided Weaving.
All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis and samples.
Atleast three visits to reputed textile industry, quality control centre or textile
related institute, maintaining record of the visits and report writing for the same.
Note : Semseter I (1,2,3,6) Semester –II (4,5,7)

               HANDLOOM MECHANICS AND OPERATIONS
Paper-III                                THEORY
Time : 2 hrs.                                                         M. Marks : 30

1)    History of weaving & its importance in textile craft.
2)    Types and parts of warping machine-creel stand, hackreed, warpreed, guide
      roller, warping drum, warping beam and drawing hooks and their functioning.
3) a) Types and parts of handlooms and their functioning.
     b)   Harnessing of Handloom.
4)    Process of handloom fitting.
5)    Motions of the handloom -
     a)   Primary motions - shedding, picking & beating up.
     b)   Secondary motions - Taking up & letting off.
6)    Checking of handloom before operation and general precautions.
7)    Different methods of drafting & denting.
8)    Different types & parts of shuttle.
9)    Working of Dobby on handloom.
10. Working of Jacquard on handloom.
Note : Semster I        (1,2,3,8)
          Semester II   (4,5,6,7,9,10)

               HANDLOOM MECHANICS AND OPERATIONS
Paper-III                                PRACTICAL
Time : 3 hrs.                                                         M. Marks : 50
                                          Semester-I

1) Winding of bobbins.
59


2) Arrangement of bobbins in creel.
3) Passing of threads through the heckreed.
                                     Semester-II
4) Pirl winding and inserting.
5) Fitting of handloom and maintenance.
6) Harnessing of Handloom.
7) Weaving of cloth - Plain weave, Basket weave, Twill weave and Terry pile weave.
All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis and samples.



                          (iv)   TEXTILE DESIGNING
Paper-I                     TEXTILE SCIENCE
                    (SAME AS GIVEN UNDER
                COMMERCIAL GARMENT DESIGNING & MAKING)

Paper-II                    TEXTILE DESIGNING AND PRINTING
                                 THEORY
Time : 2 hrs.                                                           M. Marks : 30
                                      Semester-I
1) Origin, historical background and characteristics of traditional Indian designs
   with special references to Punjab.

2) Design-Definition, Classification (structural & applied), principles and elements.

3) Colours-light and pigment theory of colours, colour wheel, primary, secondary
   and tertiary colours, colour schemes and Qualities of colour.

                                     Semester-II

4) Introduction to textile printing materials used for printing, its importance and
   various methods of printing: block printing, roller printing, screen printing,
   spray printing/stencil printing and transfer printing.

5) Elementary study of thickening agents and auxiliaries.

6) Preparation of textile fabric for printing-Scouring, Bleaching, Sinzing & Batching.

7) Block printing of cotton fabric with aniline black.
60




                      TEXTILE DESIGNING AND PRINTING
Paper-II                                  PRACTICAL
Time : 3 hrs.                                                                  M. Marks : 50
                                           Semester-I



1.(a)      Practice of mixing colours showing colour on colour wheel with varied values
           and hues showing various colour combinations.
     (b)   Preparing file of at least 25 pages with different designs suitable for textiles using
           soft pencil, crayon, pencil colours, sketch pens, coloured ink or water colour.
2.     Preparing paper stencils for printing.
                                           Semester-II
3.     Making of design for saree border, handkerchief and pillow cover.
4.     Practice of painting with fabric colours on textiles.
5.     Practice of printing aniline black on cotton cloth with hand block.
6.     Making preparation of grey scale.
All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis & samples.
Visit to museums, Art Galleries, Craft Meals and Report writing of the Craft apprised.




Paper-III                               TEXTILE DYEING

                                            THEORY
Time : 2 hrs.                                                                   M. Marks : 30

1) Brief study of pH value.
2) Precautions to be observed while scouring, bleaching and dyeing.
3) Scouring and bleaching of cotton and woolen fibres and fabric.
4) Properties, names and applications of direct dyes on cotton and after treatment
   with synthetic fixing agents.
5) Properties, names and applications of reactive dyes, azoic dyes (Naphthol), Vat
   and indigo-sol dyes.
6) Determination of weight of dyes and chemicals from percentage in recipes.
61


7) Dyeing of woolen yarn with acid dyes and metal complex dyes (Nulon and
   Chrome dyes).
8) A brief study of long bath, short bath, neutral bath, standing bath, stripping, leveling.
9) Study of factors affecting the fading of dyed textiles - Heat, light, sunlight, gas
   fumes, humidity, perspiration, rubbing chemicals, washing, crocking and Ironing.
Note : Semester –I    (1,2,3 and 4)
       Semester-II    (5,6,7,8 and 9 )




Paper-III                      TEXTILE DYEING
                               PRACTICAL
Time : 3 hrs.                                                             M. Marks : 50
                                         Semester-I

1) Practice of scouring and bleaching of cotton and wool.
2) Practice of dyeing of cotton and jute with direct dye.
3) Effect of time, temperature, water ratio and chemicals in dyeing.
                                         Semester-II
4) Practice of dyeing of cotton with reactive, azoic, vat and indigo-sol dyes.
5) Practice of dyeing of woolen yarn/fabric with acid dyes, metal complex (Nulon) dyes.
6) Practice of dyeing of cotton with Ramazole dyes.
7) Colour fastness test to heat, light, sunlight, gas fumes, humidity, perspiration,
   rubbing, chemicals, washing, crocking and ironing on coloured natural fabric.
All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis & samples.



                         (v)   KNITTING TECHNOLOGY
Paper-I                           TEXTILE SCIENCE
                          (SAME AS GIVEN UNDER
                 COMMERCIAL GARMENT DESIGNING & MAKING)

Paper-II                       HANDFLAT KNITTING MECHANISM
                                 THEORY
Time : 2 hrs.                                                               M. Marks : 30
                                         Semester-I

1) Past, present & future perspective of Knitting Industry.
62

2) Basic terminology used in knitting such as Gauge, Wales, Course, Knitted
   stitch, Neele loop, Sinker loop etc.
3) Diagrammatic presentation of Latch Needle, understanding its different parts
   and their functions.
4) Diagrammatic presentation of loop formation o flatch needle on V bed Hand
   Knitting Machine.
5) Diagrammatic presentation of weft knitted stitches such as plain, rib and tuck.
6)   Diagrammatic presentation of cam system of V bed Hand Flat Knitting
     Machine.
                                       Semester-II
7)   Operations and function of different cams of cam system of V bed Hand Flat
     Knitting Machine.
8)   Setting of stitch length on a Hand Flat Knitting Machine.
9)   Knitting process of welts and function of welts.
10) Knitting process of 1 x 1 rib and plain fabric.
11) Knitting defects, their causes & remedies on Hand Flat Knitting Machine.
12) Maintenance of Hand Flat Knitting Machine.



                    HAND FLAT KNITTING MECHANISM
                                       PRACTICAL
Time : 3 hrs.                                                             M. Marks : 50

     1)   Identification and functioning of different parts of Hand Flat Knitting Machine.
     2)   Description & diagrams of Cam set, different parts of Cam set & their functions.
     3)   Method of putting and replacing of Needles.
     4)   Adjustment of brushes, method of feeding yarn and setting of feeders on
          Flat Knitting Machine.
     5)   Starting sequence of the machine for knitting.
     6)   Jobbing on and Running on operation on Flat Knitting Machine.
     7)   Setting of Stitch Quality or Stitch Length on Flat Knitting Machine.
     8)   Knitting of plain fabric on Flat Knitting Machine.
     9)   Knitting of 1 x 1 & 2 x 2 rib on Flat Knitting Machine.
     10) Transferring of loops from one needle bed to another needle bed with the
         help of Decca and knitting of single bed fabric.
     11) Knitting of Decca design and Tuck design.
     12) Knitting of Half cardigan and Full cardigan fabric.
     13) Knitting of Half milano and Full milano fabric.
63

     14) Knitting of panels of front, back and sleeves for making :
           i)        Pull Over.
           ii)       Slip Over.
           iii)      Ladies Cardigan.
All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis & samples.
Visit to reputed knitting industry/knitting technology institutes-craft melas and report
writing for the same.
Note : Semester – I (1,2,3,4,5 and 8)
           Semester –II (6,7,9,10,11,12,13,14)

                         HAND DRIVEN CIRCULAR KNITTING
Paper-III                                   THEORY
Time : 2 hrs.                                                          M. Marks : 30

1.   Classification of Knitting Industry
      i)          Socks Knitting Industry
      ii)         Under Garments Knitting Industry
      iii) Outerwear Garments Knitting Industry.
2.   Socks Knitting Machine its different parts and their uses.
3.   Cylinder Cam Set of hand driven socks machine, explanation of its different
     parts and their functions with diagram.
4.   Dial Cam Set of hand driven socks machine, explanation of its different parts
     and their functions with diagram.
5.   Looping elements-Needle, Sinker and Verge.
6.   Diagrammatic presentation of loop formation of latch needle on circular
     knitting machine.
7.   Jobbing on, running on operation of circular knitting.
8.   Showing diagrammatically different parts of socks (welt, rib top, leg part, heal
     part, foot part and toe part).
9.   Method of formation of welt on hand socks knitting machine.
10. Method of knitting rib with the use of dial.
11. Method of knitting heal and toe.
12. Method of making complete socks a with elastic rib top and 1x1 rib top.
13. Toe closing (i) Linking (ii) Over locking.
14. Defects that occur during circular knitting and their causes and remedies.
15. Different types of articles can be produced on hand driven knitting machine
    such as Mitins, Socks, Stockings, Gloves etc.
Note : Semester-I           (1,2,3,4,5,6,9 and 11)
           Semester-II (7,8,10,12,13,14 and 15)
64




                  HAND DRIVEN CIRCULAR KNITTING
                                     PRACTICAL
Time : 3 hrs.                                                          M. Marks : 50

1)   Identification of various parts of socks machine.
2)   Tools and accessories used in circular knitting and their uses.
3)   Identification and function of cylinder cams.
4)   Identification and functions of dial-cams.
5)   Dissembling and assembling of the cam system of socks machine.
6) Raising and Lowering of dial and time setting.
7) How to adjust the stitch length and yarn guide of the machine.
8) Method of starting machine with jobbing on method and running on method.
9) Knitting of welt and 1 x 1 rib.
10) Method of knitting heal and toe.
11) Knitting of full socks.
12) Knitting of stockings.
13) Method of linking of toe portion.
14) Method of Pressing, Labeling, Folding and packing of finished product.
15) Size chart of socks.
All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis & samples.
Note : Semester –I (1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9 and 10)
       Semester –II (7,11,12,13,14 and 15)



             IV   ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY GROUP
  (i) MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF ELECTRICAL DOMESTIC APPLIANCES
Paper I.               BASIC ELECTRICITY
Time : 2 hrs.             THEORY                     M. Marks : 30
                                     Semester-I

1.   Introduction
     What is electricity and its sources. Definition of Resistance, Voltage, Current,
     Power, Energy and their units, Factors affecting resistance of a conductor.
     Temperature coefficient of resistance. Difference between ac and dc voltage.
2.   D.C. Circuits :
     Ohm's Law Relation between voltage and current in a dc circuit. Series and
     parallel resistance circuits, and their equivalent resistance. Series-Parallel
65


     resistance circuits, calculation of equivalent resistance. Kirchhoff''s laws and
     their applications.


3.   Batteries
     Primary cell, dry cell, battery, series and parallel connecion of cells,
     Secondary cells, Lead Acid Cell, discharging and recharging of battery
     common charging methods, care and maintenance of secondary Battery
     Sp[ecifications of a cell Battery.
4.   Heating and Lighting Effects of Current :
     Joul's Laws of electric heating and its domestic applications, heating efficiency
     Lighting effect of electric current, Filaments used in lamps, lamps and gas
     discharge lamps, their specifications, working and applications.
5.   Capacitors :
     Capacitor units and capacity. Concept of charging and discharging of
     capacitors. Types of capacitors and their use in circuits. Series and parallel
     connection of capacitors Energy stored in a capacitance.
                                     Semester-II
6.   Electromagnetic Effects :
     Permanent magnets and Electromagnets their construction and use.
     Patarities of an electromagnet and rules for finding them. Faraday's Laws of
     Electromagnetic Induction and applications. Dynamically induced e.m.f., its
     magnitude and direction. Static e.m.f., its magnitude and direction. Static
     induction, self induced e.m.f. its magnitude and direction. Inductance and its
     unit. Mutually induced e.m.f. its magnitude and direction.
7.   A.C. Circuits :
     Principles of Generation of A.C. voltage and wave shape Cycle, frequency, peak
     value (maximum value) average value, instantaneous value, r.m.s. value
     Introduction to resistance, capacitance and induction. What is inductive
     reactive and capacitive reactance phase, phase difference, power factor
     (leading and lagging). Impedance, impedance of R.L. & C, A.C Circuits with (i)
     resistance and inductance, (ii) resistance and capacitance (iii) Resistance,
     inductance and capacitance in series.
8.   Measuring instruments :
     Working principles of moving iron and moving coil voltmeters and ammeters,
     Dynomometer type wattmeter, Otim meter, Megger and Induction type Energymeter,
     their circuit connection and application for measurement of electrical quality.
9.   Electrical Wiring
     Types of wiring - Introduction to casing and caping conduit wiring their procedure
     systems. Factor for selection of a particular wiring system. Importance of switch,
     fuse, change over switch and earthing of wiring system. Types of faults, their
     causes and remedies. Methods of finding numbers of circuits and circuit
66

     distribution by distribution board system. Indian Electricity Rules (IER) related to
     wiring. Introduction to submeters and their installation in Inverter wiring.
       Types of earthing - Plate Earthing, and pipe Earthing, their procedure and application.
Solar Electricity
     Need of Solar Energy, Solar Photovoltic (SPV) Technology, advantage of SPV
     system, Solar Constant, formation of Solar Cells, SPV Module, Array and
     Applications of Solar Photovoltac System.



                              BASIC ELECTRICITY
Time : 3 hrs.                         PRACTICAL                             M. Marks : 50
                                        Semester-I

1.   Measurement of current, voltage and resistane of the help of multimeter.
2.   Verification of Ohm's Law.
3.   Measurement of equivalent resistance of series combination of resistors.
4.   Measurement of equivalent resistance of parallel combination of resistors.
5.   Measurement of equivalent resistance of series-parallel components of resistors.
6.   To verify Kirchhaff's current laws.
7.   Charging a lead acid battery and to test its state of charge.
8.   Study of series and parallel capacitor circuits.
9.   Study of series and parallel resistor circuits/lamps.
10. Study of R.L. series circuit and measurement of impedence, power and power factor.
11. Study of R.C. series circuit and measurement of impedence, power and power factor.
12. Study of R.L.C. series circuit and measurement of impedence, power and power factor.
13. Connections of Ammeter, Voltmeter and Wattmeter in an A.C. circuit of
    resistive load.
14. To test a single phase energy meter with the help of standard wattmeter and
    stop watch with resistive load.
                                       Semester-II
15. Controlling low voltage lamps in series.
16. Controlling lamps from two or three places.
17. Drawing schematic diagram of single phase supply to consumers.
18. Drawing schematic diagram of three phase supply to consumers.
19. Practice on CTS/TRS (Batten) wiring with 2 fans, 4 lamps, 2 tubes and 4 plug points.
20. Practice on conduit wiring.
21. Polarity (means phase and neutral testing) test of wiring installation.
22. Measurement of insulation resistance of wiring installation by megger.
67

23. Testing of wiring in stallations with the help of megger.
24. Installation of pipe earthing for wiring installation.
25. Study of plate earthing for wiring installation.
26. Testing faults of wiring installationa nd rectification.
27. Installation of a sub-meter between a given electrical wiring.
28. Measurement of open Circuit Voltage and short circuit current of a PV Module.
29. To study/Install a Solar Street light System.

Paper II         ELECTRICAL DOMESTIC APPLIANCES
Time : 2 hrs.                          THEORY                        M. Marks : 30
                                      Semester-I



1.   Introduction to Single phase supply :
     Introduction to phase neutral earth, voltage between phase and neutral, phase
     and earth common faults as like open circuit, shot circuit and earth fault.
     Series testing board and its uses.
2.   Electric Room Heater :
     Construction and working principle of Reflector type room heater, common
     defects, testing and repairs.
3.   Electric Iron :
     Types of electric iron-ordinary type and Automatic/Thermostat control type,
     steam iron. Constructions and working principles of electric irons. Common
     defects, testing and repairs.
4.   Electric Stove :
     Types of electric stoves-coiled types, hot plate/oven. Construction and
     working principles of electric stoves. Common defects, testing and repairs.
                                     Semester-II
5.   Electric Toaster :
     Types of toaster- Ordinary and Automatic. Construction and working
     principles of electric toasters. Common defects, testing and repairs.
6.   Immersion Heater and Gyser :
     Construction, working principle and use of immersion heater.         Common
     faults, their causes, testing and repairs.
     Construction, working principles and use of Gyser, Common defects, their
     causes, testing and repairs. Testing and installation of Gyser. Precautions in
     using immersion heater and gyser.
7.   Electric Kettle :
68

     Construction, working principle and use of Electric Kettle. Common faults,
     their causes.
8.   Table Lamp, Low Voltage Night Lamp and Tube Light :
     Constructions, working principles and uses of Table Lamp, Night Lamp and
     Flourescent Tube (Tube Light) Common faults and their causes, testing and
     repair. Study of CFL (Compact Flourescent Light) and LED (Light Emitting Diode).
9.   Electric Bell, Buzzer and Door Chimes :
     Constructions, working principles and uses of Electric Bell, Buzzer and Door
     chimes. Common faults and their causes testing and repair.



                 ELECTRICAL DOMESTIC APPLIANCES
Time : 3 hrs.                        PRACTICAL                               M. Marks : 50
                                        Semester-I

1)   Fabrication of a control panel board with meters and series test lamp for
     testing of electrical appliances.
2)   Fabrication of a mains lead with three pin plug and iron connector.
3)   Dismantling and reassembling of reflector type room heater.
4)   Testing and repair of reflector type room heater.
5)   Dismantling and reassembling of Electric iron (i) ordinary types and (ii)
     Automatic/Thermostat control type.
6)   Testing and repair of Electric iron (i) Ordinary type and (ii) Automatic/
     Thermostat control type.
7)   Dismantling and reassembling of Electric stove (i) Coiled type (ii) Hot plate (iii) Oven.
8)   Testing and repair of Electric Stove (i) Coiled type (ii) Hot plate (iii) Oven.


                                        Semester-II
9)   Dismantling and reassembling of Electric Toaster (i) Ordinary and (ii) Automatic.

10) Testing and repair of Electric Toaster (i) Ordinary and (ii) Automatic.

11) Dismantling and reassembling of Gyser.

12) Testing and repair of Gyser.

13) Dismantling and reassembling of Electric Kettle.

14) Testing and repair of Electric Kettle.

15) Connections of a fluorescent tube.

16) Testing and repair of (i) Table Lamp (ii) Night Lamp and (iii) Tube Light.
69

17) Testing and repair of (i) Electric Bell (ii) Buzzer and (iii) Door chimes.

18) Febrication of an extension cord for three plug points with independent controls.

Paper III       MARTERIALS AND WORKSHOP PRACTICE
Time : 2 hrs.                          THEORY                             M. Marks : 30
                                       Semester-I

1.   Safety Precautions and Shock Treatment :
     Familarise the students with shop discipline, Layout of shops, Safety
     precautions. Use of fire fighting equipment. First Aid practice. Causes of
     electric fire and electric shock. Precautions to avoid electric fire and electric
     shock. Procedure for removal of person from contact of live wire. Treatment
     for electric shock and burns as per IEI rules.
2.   Common Tools
     Familiarise the students with common tools, safe use of tools, their specification and
     applications.
3.   Conducting Materials
     Copper and aluminium as low resistivity materials, their electrical characteristics
     and applications. Electric resistance materials. Materials for lamp filaments and
     brushes. Tungsten, Nichrome, Euroka, Selenium and Carbon as high resistivity
     materials, their electrical characteristics and applications.
4.   Insulating Materials :
     Distinction between conductor, insulator and semi conductor, insulation
     resistance, dielectric strength, breakdown voltage, mechanical and physical
     properties and classification of insulating materials. Paper, plastic coated
     paper. Empire cloth Leatheroid Cotton and silk, Rubber, PVC Porcelain,
     Bitumen, Micro, Bakelite, Ebonite, Marble, Glass Asbestos, Fibre glass-their
     uses and applications insulating tapes, Sleeves, insulating and empragnating
     varnishes and points-their uses and applications.
5.   Magnetic Materials :
     Classification of materials as Fenomagnetic materials, soft and hard magnetic
     material, Mild steel, silicon steel, Mu-metal, Permalloy, Alnico as magnetic
     materials their properties and uses.
6.   Structure Materials :
     Iron Steel, Brass, Gun Metal and Aluminium as structural materials, their
     properties and applications.
                                      Semester-II
7.   Fuse and soldering Materials
70

     Silver, copper, lead, Tin and alloys as fuse material, that properties and
     applications. Soldering and Brazing materials and tools. Procedure of
     soldering and brazing and precautionary measures.



8.   Wiring Materials :
     ICTP and ICDP main switches, Distribution Boards, Bustor, Conduit fittings
     and pipes, Battens, Round Block, Board, Switches Lamp holders, Ceiling
     roses, Plugs, Sockets, Wires, etc. used for different wiring.
9.   Lubricants :
     Solid, semi-solid and liquid lubricants-uses and applications.
10. Corrosion Protective Points :
     Application of point for corrosion protection and precautions in pointing.
11. Transmission of Power :
     Bell drive, Shaft drive, Gear drive, Chain drive, Friction drive and their
     application in domestic appliances.
12. Electrical symbols and blue print reading. Simple Domestic electric circuit drawing.
13. Construction and application of bimetallic relays and thermo-couple for
    control of temperature and current.
14. Introduction to Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB) and Earth leakage Circuit
    Breaker (ELCB), Specifications and their use in electrical circuits.



                MATERIALS AND WORKSHOP PRACTICE
Time : 3 hrs.                      PRACTICAL                            M. Marks : 50
                                      Semester-I

1) First aid box practice.
2) Identification of common tools.
3) To form two identical coils using insulated copper wire and aluminium wire of
   same gouge and same number of turns and compare their resistance.
4) To make coils of Nichrome and Eureka wires of equal lengths and gouge and
   measure resistance, current and power at a given voltage.
5) Identification of different insulating materials.
6) Practice on insulating (i) Slots and (ii) Cores of motors.
7) Insulating the coil winding with varnish.
8) Identification of structural materials parts.
                                     Semester-II
71


9) Replacing a blown fuse of standard current rating.
10) Study the relationship between wire diameter and fusing current for instantaneous
    fusing.
11) Soldering practice.
12) Lubricating Technique practice.
13) Study of themocoupled oven to control temperature.
14) Application of bimetallic relay to control temperature.
15) Use of on MCB in an electrical circuit.
16) Use of an ELCB in on electrical circuit.



(ii)      REPAIR & MAINTENANCE OF RADIO & TELEVISION
Paper-I                          BASIC ELECTRICONICS
Time : 2 hrs.                           THEORY                            M. Marks : 30
                                         Semester-I



1.      Basic Electricity :
        Electricity & its sources ac and dc concept of phase, frequency, graphical
        representation of ac and dc. Batteries, need of power supply, cells and batteries.
        Resistors, capacitors and types of resistors and capacitor. Component ratings
        and color order of resistors and capacitor, relationship between voltage and
        current.      Ohm's law, Kirchhuff's Laws and their applications. Magnitism,
        Definitions     of   Electromagnatization   electromagnetic    induction,    flux,
        permeability. Transformers; concept working principle and application.

                                        Semester-II
2.     Circuits :
       Series, parallel and combination circuits of resistors, capacitors and inductors,
       LC, RLC, LC circuits and their applications.
3.     Material Services :
•      Conductors, Semiconductors and insulators P and N types materials their
       principles and properties.
•      Thermistors - PNP, NPN, symbols, their functioning, Zener Diodes, FET and
       their applications.
•      SCRs - Symbols, characteristics and uses, Diacs, Triacs and their uses. LDR,
       VDR and Thermisters and their uses.
72


•    Integrated circuits - Introduction to IC's, Types (Audio, Vedio, Digital, Analogics)
     their advantages, limitations and applications.



Paper-I                        BASIC ELECTRONICS
Time : 3 hrs.                        PRACTICAL                           M. Marks : 50
                                        Semester-I
1) Drawing of Electronic/Electrical Symbols.
2) Freehand sketching of Electronic Components.
3) Tracing of given Electronic circuits.
4) Identification of components and devices.
5) Colour coding of resistors and capacitors.
6) Verification of Ohnis Law (Relationship between Voltage and Current).
7) Verification of Kirchhoffes Laws.
                                        Semester-II
8) Study and use of series and parallel Circuit of (a) resistance (b) capacitors.
9) Study of series and parallel Resonant circuits.
10) To check a transformer for primary and secondary voltages.
11) Fabrication of an extension board for Power supply and use of Line Tester.



Paper-II                   ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS
Time : 2 hrs.                          THEORY                            M. Marks : 30
                                        Semester-I

1.       Electronic Circuits
     •    Rectifiers-half wave, full wave and bridge type, their working. Capacitors as
          a Filter. Concept of 'T' and 'π' filters.
     •    Power supply regulators - Zener regulation, series and shunt regulators and
          IC regulators, voltage doubler and triples circuits.
     •    Amplifiers : Class A, B, AB and C their imput and output characteristics and
          efficiency (without derivations).
     •    Audio Amplifiers - Voltage and Power amplifiers used in Radio and TV Receivers.
     •    RF Amplifiers - General Principles, single and double tunnel RF and IF
          amplifiers used in Radio and TV Receivers.
                                        Semester-II
73


     •    Orcillators-Concepts of Oscillators, types of orcillators such as Hastley,
          colpits, phase shift, wein bridge and crystal orcillators, circuits and their
          working. Feed back and its types, effect of negative feed back on gain, bond
          width noise and distortion.


2.       Measuring Instruments
     •    Principle of voltmeter, ammetes, multimeter and digital multimeter their
          uses and applications.
     •    Cathode Ray Oscilloscope-Basic principle, use of CRO for measurement of
          voltage and frequency.
     •    Introduction to frequency- meter, wattmeters, energy- meter, capacitance
          meter. Use of signal Generator for tuning.
3.       Tools
     •    Soldering Iron - Various types proper use and maintenance
     •    Desoldering tools
     •    Common tools used in servicing and assembly in electronic shop.



Paper-II                      ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS
Time : 3 hrs.                          PRACTICAL                       M. Marks : 50
                                       Semester-I



1)       Measurement of alternating and direct voltages and currents with the help of
         voltmeter and ammeter.
2)       Measurement of V, I & R parameters with the help of analog multimeter.
3)       Measurement of V, I & R parameters with the help of digital multimeter.
4)       Measurement of voltage & Frequency with the help of an orcilloscope.
5)       Measurement of frequency with the help of frequency meter.
6)       Testing of Diode, Transister, SCR, Zeener Diode, L & D and F & T with the
         help of a multimeter.
                                       Semester-II
7)  Graded exercises on soldering practice viz. tinned wire, PCB, lugs, connectors etc.
8)  Fabrication of 3/6/9 volt simple DC power supply using half wave and full
    wave rectifiers. [Battery Eliminator]
9) Fabricationof a zeener regulated DC Power supply.
10) Fabrication of DC stabilized supply using series and shunt pass transistors.
11) Demonstration and study of Audio Frequency Amplifiers.
74

12)   Demonstration and study of Radio Frequency Amplifiers.
13)   Study and use of AF and RF signal generators for tunning of Transistor/radio receiver.
14)   Using Signal Injection method of fault finding for servicing of electronic gadgets.
15)   Demonstration of calpitts and weinbridge oscillators.


Paper-III      AM/FM RADIO RECEIVERS & FAULT ANALYSIS
Time : 2 hrs.                            THEORY                            M. Marks : 30
                                        Semester-I

1.    AM Radio Receivers :
      Basic concepts of Radio transmission, Modulation, types, necessity and
      demodulation (no circuits & derivations). Charaderistics of a transmeter.
      Different modes of wave propagation.
      Block diagram of radio receiver and its different stages.
                                       Semester-II
2.    FM Radio Receivers :
      Basic principles and block diagram of FM receivers. Difference between FM
      and AM receivers.
3.    Fault Analysis :
      Introduction to systematic fault finding techniques,Sectionalization and signal
      injection and other such techniques. Typical case histories and exercises.
      Mechanical fixtures-Typical troubles and their remedy.



Paper-III      AM/FM RADIO RECEIVERS & FAULT ANALYSIS
Time : 3 hrs.                        PRACTICAL                             M. Marks : 50
                                        Semester-I

1.    Introduction to Electronic drafting :
       (a)   Block Diagram.
       (b)   Schematic Diagram.
       (c)   Layout Diagram.
       (d)   Wiring Diagram.
2.    Identification of parts and sections of a medium wave transister/radio receiver.
3.    Assembling a medium wave transistor/radio receiver.
4.    Measuring voltages at different test points of a transistor/radio receiver.
5.    Check waveforms at input and output parts of different stages with the help of CRO.


                                       Semester-II
6.    Alignment of IF stages.
75

7.  Alignment of RF stages.
8.  Fault finding in Mechanical fixtures viz. Dial Cord, Volume control, loud
    speaker etc.
9. Band switch wiring of a multiband radio-receiver.
10. Tracing the circuit of a given transister/radio receiver.

          (iii)   ENGINEERING DRAWING & DRAFTING
Paper-I                        ENGINEERING DRAWING
                                 (PLANE GEOMETRY)
Time : 2 hrs.                         THEORY                        M. Marks : 30
                                    Semester-I

BASIC CONCEPT :
1.   Introduction :
     Description of drawing equipment/instruments and its use, technique for
     handling instruments, selection of equipment/instruments. Description of
     drafting machine and its usage.
2.   Planning and layout of Drawings :
     Need for planning, standard sizes of drawing sheets, margins, title blocks and
     material list according to IS 696-1972. Standard practice of following the
     prints and planning the working spaces of the drawing sheet.
     Scales-simple and diagonal.
3.   Lines, lettering and dimensions :
     Different types of lines and their usage. Standard practices for writing with
     single storke with instruments and free hand vertical and inclined capital and
     lower case letters and numerals, also black lettering in the ratio 5.4, 7.4
     vertical and inclined, Need of dimensioning. Principles of dimensioning,
     different systems of dimensioning. Arrangement of dimensions.
4.   Geometrical Constructions :
     Procedure of drawing plane geometrical figures like triangle, square,
     parallelogram, rhambus, circle and regular polygon, ellipse & parabola.
5.   Projections of Solids :
     Description of solids like cube, prism, pyramids, tetrahedron, cones and
     cylinders. Various positions of solids placed on ground or V.P. Projections of
     solids when axis is inclined to both the planes. (Use First and Third angle
     projection method).


                                    Semester-II
6.   Section of Solids :
     Need for sectioning and sectional views. Horizontal Trace and Vertical Trace of
     cutting planes. Procedure of drawing sectional solids (cube, prism, pyramid,
76

      cylinder, cone) when solids rest on base. Procedure of drawing sectional views
      of solids when axis is inclined to one plane and parallel to other.




                               SOLID GEOMETRY
      Time : 2hrs.               THEORY                              M. Marks : 30
7.    Orthographic Projections :
      Meaning of H.P., Quardrants, I angle and III angle projection methods,
      Projections (Front, Top and Side of Simle block.
8.    Symbols and Conventions :
      Necessity of symbols & conventions , conventions for
        (a)      Bricks work, R.C.C., stone , wood, earth, rock, plaster, glass, fibre
                 board, doors, windows, fencing, building, roads, railway lines,
                 bridge canal, district, state and international boundary, Industry,
                 School.
        (b)      Valve, pumps, screw theads, springs, knurling, holes on linear pitch
                 circular pitch, gears, bearings, glass, gun metal, cast iron, mild
                 steel, copper, aluminium, lead, zinc, white metal, brass, bronze,
                 asbestos, rubber.
        (c)      Buld, tube, fuse, earthing, plug, socket, switch, Main switch, cell,
                 Battery, conductor, resistance, capacitance, inductance, ammeter,
                 voltmeter, bell, buzzer, laud specker, fans, regulator, field poles,
                 armature.
9.      Fasteners
        (a)    Meaning / definations of pitch, crest, root, depth of threads, minor
               diameter & major diameter of screw thread.
        (b)    Freehand sketches of bolts, nuts, washers.
        (c)    Freehand sketches of riveted joints, butt and lap joints.
        (d)    Freehand sketches of studs, set screws and forms of threads like
               British Association , British standard, Whitworth, square, Butteres,
               Unified, Sellers.
        (e)    Freehand Sketches f locking nuts.
        (f)    Freehand sketches of foundation bolts like eya bolt, Lewis, Rag,
               Cotter.
        (g)    Freehand sketches of key like square, rectangular, sunk, flat &
               round, saddle Gib headed key.


10.     Sectionalo orthographics projections :
77

           Need for sectional views, procedure for drawing section views from the given
           orthographics projections of block.
11.        Development of surface of solids :
           Importance of development, list out the applications where developed
           surfaces are used.
           Differentiate between parallel line and radial line development, Selection of
           proper methods of development, procedure for drawing the development of
           simple and truncated solids. Development of the surface of cube, prism,
           pyramid, cone, cylinder, and trustrum of pyramid and cones.


                               ENGINEERING DRAWING
Time : 3 hrs.                         PRACTICAL                           M. Marks : 50
                                         Semester-I

1          Use of Instruments :
           Lines, lettering and Dimensioning
           Geometrical Construction with write up of problems.
           Projection of lines and plane figures (with write up of problems).
           Projection of solids (with write up of problems).
           Section at solids twith write up of problems.
           (Minimum 25 sheets relating to above concepts.)
                                        Semester-II
2.         Orthographic (First angle and third angle)
           Projection (first angle)
           Projection (third angle)
3.         Symbols and Conventions
4.         Fasteners
5.         Sectional orthographic projections.
6.         Development of surfaces
Paper-II            BASICS OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
Time : 2 hrs.                           THEORY                            M. Marks : 30
                                         Semester-I
      1.    Building Layout
      2.    Foundation.
      3.    Brick Masonry.
      4.    Damp Prevention.
      5.    Door and Windows.
78

                                       Semester-II
     6.    Floors.
     7.    Stairs.
     8.    Roofs & RCC (Reinforced Concrete Construction).
     9.    Internal water supply, Sewrage System.
     10. Plastering & Pointing.
     11. Painting, Distempering and white washing.



                     BASICS OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
Time : 3 hrs.                         PRACTICAL                      M. Marks : 50
                                       Semester-I

1.   Drawing of Foundation
2.   Drawing of Brick Masonary (Diff. Types of Brick Bond).
3.   Drawing of DPC (Damp Proof Course)
4.   Drawing of Doors & Windows.
Note : Preparation of at least 10 sheets related to the above concepts.
                                       Semester-II
5.   Drawing of Floors.
6.   Drawing of Stairs.
7.   Drawing of RCC Slab, Beam, Lintel, Chhajja.
8.   Drawing of Internal water Supply & sewerage.
Note : Preparation of at least 15 sheets related to the above concepts.



Paper-III                 WORKSHOP CALCULATION
Time : 3 hrs.                           THEORY                       M. Marks : 80

                             Structure of Question Paper
      In all eight questions will be set. Student will attempt any five questions.
Each question will carry 16 marks. A question may have two or more parts.
                                        SYLLABUS
                                       Semester-I
Basics :
     (i)   Log and its application.
79

     (ii)         Mensuration Area and volume of plance and solid figures, i.e. Triangle,
                  quadrant,circle, cube, cylinder, cone, pyramid, prism and their
                  application, calculation of weight of various products of related cost.
     (iii) T-ratio and its simple application.



SC IENCE :
        Unit of weight length, time and temperature, M.K.S., E.P.S and S.I Units and
        their conversion.
Simple Machines :
      Calculation of Mechanical Advantage, Velocity ratio and efficiency of simple
      machines.
                                           Semester-II
Design :
       Simple stress, strain, hoks law, Modulus of elasticity, stress - strain -elastic
       limit, yield point, ultimate stress and breaking stress. Factors of safety, load
       due to impact and their simple numerical problems.
Design of Rivertted Joint : lap and butt joint according to ISI code.
       Design of nul and bolt (square and hexagonal) according to ISI code Design of
       stair case.
       Design of simple spread footing foundation for basing on thumb rule method.
            (i)     Partition wall/boundary wall
            (ii)    Load bearing wall (One brick, one and a half brick and two bricks)
            (iii) Pillors (One brick and on e and a half brick)
Definitions :
      Coping, Parapet, drip course Line Gola, Terrace, Carnice, slab, R.C.C. lintel,
R.C.C. chhajja, string course, plinth level, D.P.C., Footing, Offset, Foundation
blocks, Basement, Groundfloor, 1st floor, 2nd floor, third floor, fourth floor.

                         (iv)    MECHANICAL SERVICING (Genl.)
                                            SYLLABUS
Paper-I                         LATHE MACHINE AND OPERATIONS
Time : 2 hrs.                                THEORY                         M. Marks : 30
                                            Semester-I

1.     INTRODUCTION TO BASICS :
80


     Simple sketches of mechanical hand tools. Brief description of machine tools
     and equipments. Different types of operations by different types of machine
     tools (only name and diagrams). Safety precautions in using machine tools.


2.   INTRODUCTION TO LATHE :
     Lathe, centre lathe, General purpose lathe machine, Types of lathe machine.
     Specification of lathe machine, safety rules of the workshop. Principle of Lathe.


3.   LATHE MACHINE PARTS :
     Study of various lathe parts and sub assemblies of the lathe & their
     functions, Accessories viz. Lathe centers, face plate, dressing plate, angle
     plate, three jaw chuck, four jaw chuck, collect, mondrel, steady rest, moving
     rest, Tail stock, taper turning attachments.      Description of the above
     accessories giving their sketches.
                                      Semester-II
4.   CUTTING TOOLS :
     Cutting tools geometry of single point cutting tool, various angles and their values
     for cutting different metal jobs, Classification, types of cutting tools. Special
     purpose tools viz. facing tool,parting off tool, threading tool. Boring tool, knurling
     tool, Tool material, classification, composition, properties and application of High
     carbon steel, High speed steel, carbide, ceramic and diamond.
5.   LATHE MACHINE TERMINOLOGY
     Taper, Taperturning, use of taper, Explanation of taper, Calculations for
     taper, conicity : Speed, Feed, Depth of cut.
6.   LATHE OPERATIONS :
     Centring, Simple Turning, Stepturning, Facing, Drilling, Boring, Tapering,
     knurling, Parting off Taper, chamfering, Finishing.
7.   CALCULATIONS FOR THREAD CUTTING :
     Explanation of simple gear train and compound gear train. Calculation for
     change wheels meterics thread on English lead screw. Cutting multiple
     threads. Brief description with dies feed gear box.

8.   TURRET AND CAPSTAN LATHES
     Difference between centre, capston and turret lathes. Specifications scope and
     applications of turret and capston lathe in production shop. Machine details
     such as head stock, work holding devices, turret head, stops and trips, tools and
     equipments, turret and capston lathe accessories, tool layout operations
81


                    LATHE MACHINE AND OPERATIONS
 Time : 3 hrs.                        PRACTICAL                              M. Marks : 50
                                         Semester-I

  I. Holding of job in four jaw chuck, contering with the help of check method,
     scriber and cutting tool.
 II. Setting the tool in tool port : Plain turning, facing and parting off M.M.S Dies as
     per given dimensions by teacher.
III. Step turning on M.S. Bar, as per dimensions given by teacher.
                                        Semester-II
IV. To do grinding of single point cutting tool according to specific geometry.
 V. Taper turning and knurrling and chamfering, threading.
VI. Drilling and Boring.
VII. To practice on dismantling and assembling of different accessories and case and
     maintenance of lathe machine.
 Paper-II                     ENGINEERING MATERIAL
 Time : 2 hrs.                               Theory                           M. Marks : 30
                                         Semester-I

 I.     INTRODUCTION :
        Materials classification - Metals, Ferrous and Non ferrous, Metals and Non
        metals. Different non-metals - plastic-rubber and wood.
 II.    PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS
        Physical and mechanical properties. Physical properties as colour, weight etc.
        Mechanical properties as Strength, elasticity, plasticity, ductilities britlness,
        moleability, hardness, toughness. Technological properties, Machinability, For
        mability, Welderbility Measurement of hardness-brinell and Rockwell.
 III.   FERROUS METALS
        Mineral ores, Different types of ores of metallurgical. Definitions, Description of pig
        iron. Process, working of Blast furnance, typed cast iron, wrought iron: composition,
        Properties and uses. Steel: composition, properties and uses.
 IV.    STEEL AND ALLOYSTEEL :
        Introduction: Composition of MS in %age of properties and uses of steel
        manufacturing of carbon steel. Basic constituents of steel, Iron-Carbon
        equilibrium Diagram, Composition, properties and uses of special alloy steel
        such as - chromium, nickel, stainless steel High carbon steel, High speed
        steel, Molybdenum, tungsten and vanadium steel.


                                        Semester-II
82


V.      HEAT TREATMENT
        Definition, Advantages of Heat treatment, Effect of heat on steel, methods of
        heat treatment i.e. Normalising, Annealing, Hardening, Tempering, case
        hardening, cyaniding, Nitriding, Flame hardening etc.
VI.     MECHANICAL WORKING OF METALS
        Introduction, Mechanical working (Process), Hot working, Principle methods
        of hot working i.e. Roling (Hot and Cold) Drawing, extracting and Forging
        (only drop Forging).
VII.    SHEET METALS AND PIPE FITTINGS
        Introduction, Types of sheets, thickness of sheet metals, ( in mm and in
        gauge No.) uses of Sheet metal (as required). Layout of sheet metals 4 No.s-
        Pipe Fittings only discription.
VIII. NON FERROUS METALS AND ITS ALLOYS :
        Simple introduction properties and uses viz. copper and Aluminium.
IX.     ANOTHER IMPORTANT ENGG. MATERIAL
        Rubber, Plastic, thermoplastic and thermo setting plastic their properties
        and application, Rubber, Ceramics, wood their applications.
X.      QUALITY CONCEPT
        Definition of term "Quality" Introduction to quality standards according to BIS viz.
        1S.14000 (1SO-9000)
                             ENGINEERING MATERIAL
Paper-II                             PRACTICALS
Time : 3 hrs.                                                              M. Marks : 50
                                        Semester-I

1)     To identify and distinguish between different Engineering materials based on
       observed, Physical properties- Make a write up.
2)     To distinguish between the metal steel, cast Iron and high speed steel by
       spark pattern test on a grinder.
3)     To Anneal a chisel.
                                       Semester-II
4) Case carborising by hardening powder.
5) Hardening of carborised job by waterquenching and oil quenching.
6) Tempering of hardened job.
7) To make a funnel and weld/solder its joint.
8) Practice on cutting of pipes and make joint of two pipes by socket.
At least two visits to selected industry to give the practical, exposure to students.



Paper-III                     ENGINEERING DRAWING
83

Time : 3 hrs.                          PRACTICALS                        M. Marks : 80
                                        SYLLABUS

1.    INTRODUCTION OF DRAWING INSTRUMENTS & THEIR USE :
      Basic concept of Drawing & Engineering Drawing, Lists of instruments used in
      Engineering Drawing. Brief knowledge about the instruments. Practice to use
      all the instruments, Materials used in Drawing. Size of sheet and layout of
      sheet. Standard sizes of drawing sheets, margine title block etc.
II.   LINES AND LETTERING AND DIMENSIONS CONVENTIONS :
      Lines, materials, solids, Breaks, Conventional representation used in
      engineering Standard practice for writing single stroke and double stroke in
      7:4/6:5. (Note - At methal stage graph paper may be used after some practice
      student should bear to draw graph.)
      Standard practice for numerals dimensioning.
III. GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTIONS
      Introduction, definition of points, lines, angles, Review of geometrical
      constructions such as dimensions of straight line and angle. Triangle,
      quadrilateral, Polygen, circles, to draw parallel lines. To draw perpendiculars,
      different patterns, tangents- External and internal (minimum 40 cons).
IV. SCALES
      Representative Factor, simple, reduced & Enlaged scale, diagonal and vernier scales.
V.    FREE HAND SKETCHING :
      Lines, Circles, Suqares, rectangles, areas and curves. Diagram of Solids i.e.
      Round, cube, rectangular block, Cylindricl block, Cone, Prism, Hoxeagonal
      etc. Free hand sketch of locking devices, washer, spring washer, keys etc.
VI. ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS
      Concept of projections, First angle and third angle projections
      Simple Examples of orthographic projections of Point, Line & Planes where
      the Lines are parallel to one of the plane Sketching orthographic views from
      pictorial views.   Orthographic projections of simple machine elements.
      Orthographic projections of Nut & Bolt (Square as well as hexagonal).
      Note : Semester – I (1,3)
        Semester-II (2,4,5,6)

              (V)    FURNITURE MAKING AND DESIGNING
                    Furniture, Furnishing and Finishing Materials
Paper-I                                THEORY
Time : 2 hrs.                                                            M. Marks : 30
84

                                       Semester-I

1.   Qualities and use of common timber, various types, characteristics, standard size,
     cost, selection anduse of various types of timber used in furniture making.
2.   Structure (Cross secton) of wood, various parts and their functions.
3.   Conversion of timber.
4.   The defects in wood and remedial measures.
5.   Decay of wood, causes and preventive measures.
6.   Methods of seasonng and preservation of timber.
                                       Semester-II
7.   Standard commercial sizes of wood and their economical use.
8.   Characteristics, cost, selection and use of plywood, hardboard, block board,
     particle board and their suitability in furniture making.
9.   Oil paints, constituents and functions, characteristics, covering capacity and
     polishing techniques.
10. Varnish and polish : Constituents, characteristics, covering capacity and
    polishing techniques.
11. Chemical preservatives, their use and importance.
12. Canes: different types, characteristics, costs, patterns and methods of cane
    work.
13. New furniture materials, Acrylic, Fibre glass, leather, plastic and base
    materials.
14. Knowledge regarding latest ready to use finishing materials available in the market.


Paper-I   FURNITURE, FURNISHING AND FINISHING MATERIALS
Time : 3 hrs.                          PRACTICAL                        M. Marks : 50
                                       Semester-I

1. Identification of timbers :
2. Identification of defects and diseases in timber.
3. Practice in making oil paints from given ingredients.
                                       Semester-II
4. Practice in making spirit polish.
5. Practice of painting.
6. Practice of polishing old and new furniture.
7. Market survey of latest furniture materials availability in the market.
8. Practice with latest ready to use finishing materials available in the market.
85


Paper-II                      TOOLS AND PROCESSES
Time : 2 hrs.                              THEORY                           M. Marks : 30
                                        Semester-I

1.   Workbench : elements and uses of a workbench.
2.   Different types of devices, their selection, characteristics and precautions while using.
3.   Description, care, maintenance and use of common hand tools and common
     sheet metal tools.
4.   Tools and gauges used in measuring and marking, their identification and use.
5.   Different types of chisels and gauges, their characteristics, uses, precautions
     in using, sharpening chisels and planes spoke shaves and other sharpening
     tools like surforms and rasps.
6.   Different types of saws, their characteristics, selection and use, precautions,
     maintenance and repair, Techniques of sawing.
                                        Semester-II
7.   Various types of clamping and gripping tools, their characteristics, use and selection.
8.   Tools used in driving and pulling nails, their selection, precautions and
     techniques used in driving and removal of nails.
9.   Various types of metal & wooden plants including special purpose planks, their
     characteristics, selection, uses, precautions, maintenance, cost and availability
     Techniques of planeing.
10. Techniques of finishing wood by using scraper, abrasive papers and files.
11. Various types of screw drivers, their selection, use and precautions.
12. Various types of drilling tools, their selection, use and precautions while drilling.
13. Description, use and importance of butt joints and lap joints, mortise and
    tenon joints.
Paper-II                      TOOLS AND PROCESS
Time : 3 hrs.                           PRACTICAL                           M. Marks : 50
                                        Semester-I

1.   Shop-Floor instructory : Identification of different types of timbers. Identification,
     care, maintenance of tools and their parts and safety measures to be observed.
2.   EXERCISES :
Ex.1. Marking and Sawing practice.
Ex.2. Planeing practice.
Ex.3. Chiselling practice
                                        Semester-II
Ex.4. Preparation of lap joint.
86

Ex.5. Preparation of mortise and tenon joint.
Ex.6. Sanding and finishing practice.
3.   Preparation & Polishing of the following :
1)   Name Plate,                2)      Simple Notice Board,
3)   Book Rack,                 4)      Prayer Unit/
                                        Puja Unit with Drawer
5)   Table                      6)      Cushioned stool

Paper-III                       FURNITURE DESIGN
Time : 2 hrs.                             THEORY                                   M. Marks : 30
                                           Semester-I

1.   Design : Definition, attributes, composition of design, factors influencing
     design : climate, utility social and economic conditions.
2.   Introduction to colours and colour schemes.
3.   Sizes of furniture as related to human body, working levels, viewing level for
     different purpose as per standard designs and practices.
                                           Semester-II
4.   Planning : Principles of furniture set up for a given space, functional utility and aesthetics.



Paper-III                       FURNITURE DESIGN
Time : 3 hrs.                             PRACTICAL                               M. Marks : 50
                                           Semester-I



1.   At least 15 sheets regarding furniture design should be prepared.
2.   Preparation of furniture album with the help of sales literature, newspaper
     cuttings & allied materials.
                                           Semester-II
3.   Preparation of design for the following furniture items :
     Name plate, simple notice board, side board, table, stool, chair without arms,
     table with drawers, box type settee, Black Board, Notice Board with glass panels.
4.   Preparation of design, for the following furniture items with steel structures.
     1) Chair with & without arms.
     2) Study table
     3) Bench
     4) Desk
87

5.    Visits to local carpenter workshops/showroom (at least 4 visits).




                  (VI)   MECHANICAL SERVICING (AUTO)
Paper-I                   ENGINEERING DRAWING
Time : 2 hrs.                        THEORY                               M. Marks : 30
                                          Semester-I

                                           PART-A

1. Introduction to Engineering drawing, care and use of drawing instruments and material.

2. Free hand lettering on graph paper.

3. Different types of Engineering lines as per I.S.I. specifications. Practice in free
     hand sketching of vertical, horizontal & inclined lines & geometrical figures
     such as-triangle, rectangles and circles, polygon, construction of ellipse,
     parabola and involute of a circle.

4. Conventional representation of different material in sections e.g. shaft, hollow
     pipe, rectangular, square, angle, channel, I-section etc.
                                      Semester-II
5. Drawing sheets of 1st angle and 3rd angle projections of solids.
6. Introduction to rivets and its types. Concepts of auto CAD (Computer Added Design).

                                           PART B
                                WORKSHOP PRACTICE

1. Description of hand tools used in outomobile shop. Precautions observed in a workshop.

2. Description of measuring tools and instruments like outside calliper, inside
     calliper, vernier calliper, outside micrometer, inside micrometer, Dial gauge,
     marking block and gauge.      Try square, Bevel protector, bench centre, depth
     gauge, compression gauge, pressure gauge.

3. Surface plate, sue of open end spanner, ring spanner, box spanner, sockets,
     torque, wrenches, adjustable spanner, Alien Key wrench.

4. Introduction to paints.
88


Note : Semester–I     1 to4 (PartA) 1 (PartB)
       Semester-II 2 to 4 (Part B) 5,6 (PartA)




                           ENGINEERING DRAWING
Time : 3 hrs.                         PRACTICAL                            M. Marks : 50

1. Use of the hand tools, measuring tools and measuring instrument used in workshop.
2. To make a V notch on a flat surface using chipping method.
3. To practice efficient use of files by producing plane surfaces, straight edges of
   right angle, fillets and round corners.
4. To leam efficient and accurate use of Hacksaw cutting.
5. To learn marking a job using a surface plate, V-block and marking gauge.
6. Fitting a square hole in a M.S. flat.
7. Extraction of a broken stud.
8. Use of hand tools and equipment used in painting and denting.
9. Visit to a nearby mechanical workshop.


Note : Semester –I 1,2,3,4 Semster-II 2,5,6,7,8



Paper-II                     AUTOMOBILE ENGINE
Time : 2 hrs.                          THEORY                              M. Marks : 30
                                       Semester-I

1.   Technical terms :
     Define Automobile Engine, Power, H.P., I.H.P., B.H.P., F.H.P. Diesel cycle,Auto
     cycle, stroke, TDC, BDC, Compression Ratio, Swept volume, Clearance
     volume, Total volume, Mechanicl efficency. Pressure, Heat, Temperature.
2.   Engine :
     Classification-principle, basic engine operations, 4-stroke, & 2-stroke cycle
     engine & their difference, spark & compression ignition and their difference.
3.   Engine Construction & Mechanism :
     Cylinder blocks, crank case, cylinder liner, cylinder head, parts and manifolds, Piston,
     piston pin, piston ring, connecting rod, crankshaft, cam shaft, flywheel and valves.
89

                                           Semester-II
4.         Ignition system :
           Magneto and battery ignition & their difference study of batteries, capacitor
           discharge ignition system, Distributor, ignition coil, spark plugs, ignition
           timing, firing order.
5.         Fuel system :
     (a)     Petrol: Fuel line diagram, fuel feed pump, carburettor-function and working
             principles, air filter, fuel gauge, inlet and exhaust manifold. Introduction to
             MPFI system (Multi Point Fuel Injection Systems).
     (b)     Disel: Fuel line, diagram, fuel-injection pump, pressure pipe, fuel injector.
             Introduction to CRDI (Common Rail Direct Injection System).
6.         Engine Cooling system :
           Cooling requirement, cooling systems, air cooling and liquid cooling, water jacket,
           coolant pump, cooling fan, radiator, pressure cap, introduction to thermostat.
7.         Lubrication system :
           Principles, functions, properties of lubricating oil. Introduction to SAE rating,
           lubricating system, crank-case ventilation, oil filtor, oil pump (gear type and
           electrical) oil pressure gauge.
           Introduction to Charging and starting system :



                                  AUTOMOBILE ENGINE
Time : 3 hrs.                             PRACTICAL                          M. Marks : 50
                                           Semester-I

1)     To study the construction and working of a two stroke single cylinder air-
       cooled petrol engine using a sectional model.
2)     To study the construction and working of a four stroke single cylinder air-
       cooled petrol engine using a sectional model.
3)     To study the construction and working of a two stroke single cylinder air-
       cooled diesel engine using a sectional model.
4)     To study the construction and working of a four stroke single cylinder air-
       cooled diesel engine using a sectional model.
5)     To study the construction and working of a four stroke four cylinder in-line
       water cooled petrol engine.
6)     To study the construction and working of a four stroke four cylinder in-line
       water cooled diesel engine.
7)     To study the construction and working of (a) fuel pump (b) carburettor.
8)     To study the construction and working of lubricating oil pump.
90

9)    To study the construction and working of (a) F-I-pump (b) fuel injector.
                                       Semester-II
10) To study the construction, working and details of maintenance of distributor assembly.
11) Battery Testing
12) Spark plug cleaning and adjusting its gap.
13) Carburettor servicing.
14) Removal, cleaning & refiting of air cleaners.
15) Replacement of cylinder head gasket.
16) Cleaning of fuel tank and oil sump and refilling.
17) To study & sketch the fuel supply system of a multicylinder diesel engine.
18) Check engine compression.
19) Precautions to be observed before and after starting the engine.
20)
Paper-III                     TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
Time : 2 hrs.                            THEORY                            M. Marks : 30

1. Classification of autombile, chassis layout of conventional motor vehicle, front-
   wheel drive, rear engined vehicle, four wheel drive.
2. Clutch : Function of clutch and its principle of working. Types of clutch,
   constructional details of single plate and multi-plate clutches, Centrifugal clutch,
   fluid, fly wheel, clutchining. Trouble shooting of clutch and its adjustments.
3. Gearbox : Necessity of a gear box, types of gears used, types of gear boxes-sliding
   mesh, constant mesh, synchro mesh, constructional details of Gearbox, Gear selector
   mechanism, over running drive, trouble-shooting of gearbox and its adjustments.
4. Propeller shaft and universal joints, Function of propeller shaft and its
   constructional details, Hotch kiss drive and torque-tube drive arrangements.
   Function of universal joint, types of universal joints, their constructional details.
5. Differential : Function of differential and its constructional details. Working principles
   of differential, differential lock, trouble-shooting of differential and its adjustments.
6. Rear Axle : Function of rare axle and its types, constructional features, trouble-
   shooting and adjustments.
Note : Semester-I (1,2,4)
        Semester-II (3,5,6)

Paper-III                     TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
Time : 3 hrs.                          PRACTICAL                           M. Marks : 50
91


1. The dismount of single plate dry friction clutch from a vehicle. Dismantle, clean
   the components, inspect report on the condition, repair, reassemble, adjust and
   remount on the vehicle.
2. To dismount and dismantle the gears of a constant mesh gear box from a vehicle,
   clean, inspect report on the condition, repair, reasonable, remount and adjust.
3. To dismount and dismantle the synchro mesh, gear-box from a vehicle, clean
   the components, inspect report on the condition, repair, reassemble and adjust.
4. To dismount the propeller shaft assembly with universal joints from a vehicle,
   dismantle, clean, inspect report on the condition, repair, reassemble and
   remount on the vehicle.
5. To dismount the differential unit from a vehicle, dismantle, clean, inspect report on
   the condition, repair, reassemble, preloading of drive pinion and refit on the vehicle.
6. To dimount the rear axle shafts from a 4 wheel drive, dismantle wheel bearings,
   oil seals, clean, inspect report on a condition, repair, reassemble, carryout pre-
   loading adjustment and complete the assembling of oil the components removed.
7. To study the chassis layout of two wheeler, three wheeler and 4 wheeler.
8. Flushing and refilling of transmission oil.
Note : Semester-I (1,4,7,8)
       Semester-II (2,3,5,6)


                      (vii)    COMPUTER TECHNIQUES
Paper-I                       COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS
Time : 2 hrs.                           THEORY                           M. Marks : 30
                                      Semester-I

Instruction to Computers : Definition, Application of Computers, Characteristics
of Computer, Types and generation of Computers, Basic Structure of Computer,
Specification of Computer, Data representation within Computer - Bits, Bytes,
Kilobytes, Gigabytes, Number System, Memory, Primary memory - RAM, ROM,
Secondary memory with respect to structure and file organization - Floopy disk,
Hard disk, CD-ROM, Zip Drive, Magnetic tape.
Input/Output Devices : Input Devices-Keyboards, Mouse, Touch Screen, Scanner,
Joystick, Output Devices - VDC, Printers.

PROGRAMMING CONCEPTS AND OPERATING SYSTEM
Comparative Study of Computer Languages : Machine Language, Assembly
Language, High Level Language, 4GL, Translator,Compiler, Interpreter, Assembler.
Programming Concept & Flow Charting : Problem analysis and problem solving
techniques, Algorthm, Flowcharts (detailed practice exercises on mathematical and
commercial problems) programming and programming techniques, Pseudo codes.
92


Operating Systems : Definition, Functions, Different Types of OS, Comparative
study of OS, Batch Processing : Multi programming, Time sharing; Real time.
Ms-DOS : Internal Commands - thei syntax with options and meaning, limitations
and use, External Commands - their syntax with option and meaning, limitations
and use (FORMAT, BACKUP, RESTORE, CHKDSK, XCOPY, DISKCOPY,
DISKCOMP, ATTRIB, UNDELETE).

MS-WINDOWS AND INTERNET
Ms-Windows 2000/XP (or latest version) : The Windows 2000/XP Environment,
Desktop Elements, Active Desktops, Changing the Clasic Desktop to Active
Desktop, Built-in Toolbars, Starting Programs. The Start Button, Starting from
Shortcuts, Starting from My Computer or the Windows Explorer, Working with
Windows, Using Menus and Dialog Boxes, Classic Style and Web Style, Choosing a
Navigation Style, Mouse Actions with Classic style and Web style, File Tasks, To
see What Files are in the Folder Using My Computer, To see what files are in the
folder using Windows Explorer, To Create a Folder, To Rename Files or Folders, To
Delete Files or Folders, The Recycle Bin, To Retrieve Deleted Files or Folders, To
Find a file, Disk Tasks, To Format a Floppy Disk, To Copy a Floppy Disk, Scandisk,
Disk De-fragmentation, Application Tasks, To Start a Document from the Start
Menu, Shortcuts, To Add an Application to the Start Menu, To Run Programs and
Documents Automatically at Startup, To Print a File, Print Manager, To install a
Windows Application, To Remove Applications,System Settings, To Set the Date &
Time, To Change the Formats of Number, Currency, Date and Time, To install and
Delete Fonts, To Customize a Mouse, To Change Display Properties.
Internet : What is Internet, Connection methods, Types of Connections, ISPs,
Internet configuration, Browsers - Microsoft Internet explorer, Netscape Navigator.
E-mail : What is e-mail ? Advantages and disadvantages, Sending and receiving
messages, Checking mail, Reading Mail, Replying Mail, E-mail software-Outlook
Express, Eudora.
Internet Applications : Voice mail, Chatting, Discussion forums, Newsgroup,
Entertainment, Information searching, Online education.
                                   Semester-II
MS-WORD AND MULTILINGUAL LEAP OFFICE
Intdroduction to word processing : Starting MS-WORD, Introduction to menus,
sub-menus and tools, Creating a document, Opening a document, Saving a
document, Navigation of cursor, Editing text, Formatting text, Viewing documents.
Formatting Document : Line spacing, Paragraph spacing, Setting Tabs, indenting
Text, Aligning text, Adding headers and footers; Numbering pages; Inserting a
table, Proofing a document, Spell-check utility, Automatic spell-check, Auto text,
Auto correct, Printing a Document, Mail Merge.
93


Leap Office : Need of multilingual software, multilingual software package in
detail, Concept of transliteration, Hardware requirements of multilingual software,
Installation of different language fonts, Study Key Board layout.


MS EXCEL
Introduction to Ms-Excel
Starting Ms-Excel
Opening a Worksheet
Saving a Worksheet
Spread sheet operations
Entering Numbers, Text, Dates and Time, Formulas
Editing the Worksheet
Deleting Cells, Rows, Columns
Inserting Cells, Rows, Coloumns
What if Analysis
Printing a Worksheet
Formulas and Functions
Entering Formulas
Absolute and Relative Reference of a Cell
Mixed Referencing
Operations in Formulas
Using Text, Date and Time in a Formula
Arrays and Named Ranges
Functions
Entering Functions
Calculaions using Functions
Different types of functions in Excel
Charts, Micros and Forms
Creating a Chart
Editing a Chart
Inserting and Deleting in a Chart
Save and Print a Chart
Macros
Creating and Running Simple Macros
Creating and Running Menu Macros
94


COMPUTER NETWORKS
Network Bases : Models of Network computing - Centralised computing,
Distributed computing and collaborative computing.
Network Models - client server, peer to peer, LAN, MAN, WAN.
Connection types and Physical topologies - Ring, Bus, Star, Mesh and Hybrid.




                       COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS
Time : 3 hrs.                        PRACTICAL                       M. Marks : 50
                                     Semester-I

1.    COMPUTER OPERATIONS, MS-DOS, MS-WINDOWS 2000/XP
     1.   Study and Observation of connection of UPS/CVT to mains and computer.
     2.   Study and practice of various peripherals devices attached to the
          computer.
     3.   Starting and shutdown of computer.
     4.   Opening (or invoking) the application.
     5.   Closing the application.
     6.   Operating the various applications at primary level.
     7.   Methadically operating and mastering the any of the application like
          Notepad, Wordpad.
     8.   Installation of DOS.
     9.   Fine-Tuning MS-DOS.
     10. Use of Internal and External Commands of DOS file operation.
     11. Creation and usage of batch file - AUTOEXEC.BAT
     12. Creation and usage of sys files - CONFIG.SYS
     13. Standard file and directory command.
     14. Designing and practicing the alongrithims and flowcharts of various
         problems.
     15. Installation of Windows.
     16. Managing Files and Folders.
     17. Create a picture using the Windows Paint application and save in the folder.
     18. Study of different menus and submenus in Windows.
     19. Working on MS Access, MS Excel, Power Point, MS-Word.
                                     Semester-II
95


II.       MS-WORD AND MULTILINGUAL LEAP OFFICE
       1. Creating a document with New.
       2. Opening an existing document with Open from the specified path.
       3. Saving the document using Save, Save as, Save as Web Page-option.
       4. Using Page Set-up, Web Preview, Print Preview and Print option.
       5. Editing a document : Using Cut, Copy, Paste, Making Block, Find and Replace etc.
       6. Viewing a document : Viewing as per the requirement, Setting Toolbars.
       7. Formatting a document using various option in Format.
       8. Using Tools in MS-WORD.
       9. Working on Table in MS-WORD : Creating a table, inserting, deleting rows
          or columns.
       10. Create Windows, edit and print a document file, using MS-WORD.
       11. Genrate two page document in the regional language using Leap Office.
III.      MS EXCEL
          Generate and print a graph using Ms-Excel.
IV.       Internet and Networking : Demo



Paper-II                MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS
Time : 3 hrs.                                THEORY                       M. Marks : 80

Mathematics : Quadratic equation, Trigonometry, Boolean Algebra, Number
System, Binary Number System, Octal, Hexodecimal Number System.
Statistics : Mean, Mode, Median, Correlation, Regression, Standard Deviation.
Note : Semester-I Mathematics:Quadratic equation, Boolean Algopra, Number
System, Binarey Number System, Octal, Hexadeciamal Number System.
Semeter-II Mathematics : Mathematics : Trignometry
Statistics : Mean, Mode, Median, Correlation, Regression, Standard Deviation.
Paper-III                       PROGRAMMING IN C
Time : 2 hrs.                             THEORY                          M. Marks : 30
                                         Semester-I

1.      PROGRAMMING TECHNIQUES
Identification of problem
Problem solving techniques
96

Algorithms
Flowcharts
Pseudo code
2.   FUNDAMENTAL OF C PROGRAMMING
History of C
Structure of a C Program
Data types : int, float, char, double, void
Constant and Variables
Variable Declaration
Integer, real, float, character, logical variable, string variable
Constants
3.      OPERATORS AND EXPRESSIONS
Arithmetic operators
Relational operators
Logical operators
Expressions
Bit operation ? operator, & operator, *operator
Type casting, type conversion
4.   DECISION MAKING AND LOOPING
if-then
if-them - else ladder
Nested if-else
for loop
while
5.      ARRAYS AND FUNCTIONS
Arroys declaration
One and two dimensional arroys
Functions - Fundamentals
General Form
Function arguments
Return value
                                       Semester-II
6.      BASIC I/O
Formatted Input/Output
97

Unformatted Input/Output
Program design examples.
Summation of a set of numbers
Generation of fabonacci sequence
Generation of positive prime numbers
Finding key smallest element
Sarting by insertion


7.   STRUCTURED PROGRAMMING
Control structures
Do/While
Switch statements
Break and continue
Exit ( ) function
Go to and label
8.   ADVANCED FEATURES IN FUNCTIONS
Type modifiers and storage class specifies for a data types
Scope Rules
Local and Global variables
Scope rules for functions
Parameter passing : Call-by-Value and Call-by-Reference
Calling functions with Arrays
argc and argv
Recursion
Basic Concept
Design examples
*Tower of Hanoi
**Recursive Quick sort
9.   DYNAMIC DATA STRUCTURE IN C
Pointers
the & and *operators
Pointer expression
Pointer Assignments
Pointer arithmetic
Pointer comparision
The dynamic allocation functions-malloc and calloc
98

Pointer vs Arrays
Arrays of Pointers
Pointers to pointers
Instialising pointers
Pointer to functions
Functions returning Pointers
Function with variable number of Arguments
Structure
Basic of Structures
Declaring a Structures
Referencing Structure elements
Array of Structures
Passing Structures of functions
Passing entire Structure to Function
Structure Pointers.
Declaring a Structure pointer
Using Structure Pointers
Arrays and Structures within Structures Uses.
Unions
Declaration
Uses
Enumerated Data Types
Linked list insertion, deletion and search
10. FILE HANDLING IN C
The file pointer
File assessing functions
fopen, fclose, putsc, getc, fprintf
C pre-processor
# decline
# include
# undef
# conditional compilation directives # if, # else, #elif, #endif, # ifdef and # ifndef C
Standard Library and Header Files
Header files, sidio h, ctype.h, string.h, stdlib.h, time.h etc.
99


Standard library functions
String functions
Mathematical functions
Variable argument list functions
Utility functions
Character class test functions.



Paper-III                    PROGRAMMING IN C
Time : 3 hrs.                       PRACTICAL                       M. Marks : 50
                                    Semester-I

   1. Programs using problem mainly computational to illustrate expression and
      operator precedence.
   2. Problem relating to sequence, selection and iteration.
   3. Problem relating to arrays.
   4. Problem which involve manipulation of two dimensional arrays such as
      addition, subtraction, multiplication and transpose.
                                    Semester-II
   5. Problems which made use of and manipulate arguments to main (as per M.S.S.).
   6. Problem involving manipulation of arrays of structures.
   7. Problems involving the manipulations.
   8. Problems for dynamic, storage allocation such as link list, stack.



            (VIII)   MANUFACTURING OF SPORTS GOODS
Paper-I                      WOOD BASED SPORTS GOODS
Time : 2 hrs.                       THEORY                          M. Marks : 30

1. Introduction and importance of wood based sports goods industry. Scope of
   sports goods (wood) industries in India.
2. Raw material, auxiliaries, their availability and uses in sports goods. Types of
   woods used in sports Industry and reasons of its utilization.
3. Tools and Equipments :
   Various types tools, tool kit, working bench and its sketch, Tool Kit necessity,
   Uses of tools and equipments used for making different items. Maintenance of
   tools and equipments.
100


4. Safety precautions to be observed while working in the workshop.
5. Seasoning, its advantages and various methods of seasoning of wood. Various
   defects of wood. Seasoning method generally used in India and Reasons for its use.
6. Various wood joints used in the manufacture of various sports goods.
7. Various types of adhesives & their usages.
8. Drawing, Designing and standard specifications of the following :
       (1)   Steel Badminton racket.
       (2)   Table Tennis Bat.
       (3)   Hockey Stick.
       (4)   Chess Board.
       (5)   Golf stick.
Note : Semeter – I (1,2,3,4 and 8 (1,2) )
       Semester-II (5,6,7 and 8 (3,4,5) )



                       WOOD BASED SPROTS GOODS
Time : 3 hrs.                        PRACTICAL                        M. Marks : 50

1. Identification and usages of tools.
2. Sharpening of tools.
3. Practice in making joints and application of adhesives.
4. Making the following sports items :
       (1)   Steel Badminton racket.
       (2)   Table Tennis Bat.
       (3)   Hockey Stick.
       (4)   Chess Board.
       (5)   Gutting of badminton racket
Note : Semester –I (1,2,3 (Prectice in making joints) and 4 (1,2) )
       Semester-II (3 (Application of adhesives) and 4 (3,4,5) )

Paper-II     LEATHER AND SYNTHETIC BASED SPORTS GOODS
Time : 2 hrs.                               THEORY                    M. Marks : 30

1. Introduction and importance of leather & synthetic based sports goods industry.
   Scope of sports goods (leather) industry in India.                         (1)
2. Raw material, auxilaries, their availability and uses in sports goods. Major
   leathers of different animals used in this industry.                    (1)
101

3. Reasons of use of synthetic sheets in these days in this industry specially for all
   types of balls like Foot-Ball, Volley Ball, Basket Ball and other balls comes in
   this categories.
4. Various types of machinery and equipments used and their maintenance.
5. Proper selection of leather components from finished leather.
6. Hide and sketch of Hide, labeling its sketch, best quality hide and its growth,
   reason of best part of Hide.
7. Drawing, Designing and standard specifications of the following.
       (1)   Football             32 panels.
       (2)   Volleyball           32 panels.
       (3)   Cricket Ball         4/2 panels.
Note : Semester – I (1,2,3,4 and 7 (Football) )
       Semester-II (5,6 and 7 (2,3)



       LEATHER AND SYNTHETIC BASED SPORTS GOODS
Time : 3 hrs.                       PRACTICAL                         M. Marks : 50

1. Identification and usages of tools and dies.
2. Use of machinery of panel cutting.
3. Practice in joining of panels.
4. Making the following sports items.
       (1)    Foot ball
       (2)    Volley ball
       (3)    Cricket ball (Semi-Finesh)
Note : Semester- I (1,2,3, and 4 Football)
       Semester-II (4 (2,3,) )



Paper-III           TEXTILE BASED SPORTS GOODS
Time : 2 hrs.                            THEORY                       M. Marks : 30
1. Introduction and importance of textile based sports goods industry. Scope of
   textile based sports goods industry in India.
2. Raw material, auxiliaries, their availability and uses in sports goods. Kind of
   leather used in this industry.
3. Varius types of machinery and equipments used and their maintenance.
4. Pattern, its importance, Detail Study of Raw materials used for making patterns.
5. Drawing and designing of pattern cutting pertaining to all types of sports gloves,
   viz. batting gloves, wicket-keeping gloves, football goolkeeper gloves, hockey
   goolkeeper gloves, industrial gloves, boxing gloves, gool gloves.
102



Note : Semester– I ( 1,2 and 3)
       Semester-II (4 and 5 )


Paper-III            TEXTILE BASED SPORTS GOODS
Time : 3 hrs.                        PRACTICAL                           M. Marks : 50
1.     Identification and usages of tools.
2.     Practice in pattern cutting.
3.     Cutting of components.
4.     Making the following items.
       (1)    Batting gloves.
       (2)    Wicket-keeping gloves.
       (3)    Football goal-keeper gloves.
       (4)    Hockey goal-keeper gloves.
       (5)    Industrial gloves.
Note : Semester-I (1 and3)
       Semster-II (2 and 4 )



             (XI)   MANUFACTURING OF LEATHER GOODS
Paper-I                PATTERN CUTTING AND DESIGNING
Time : 2 hrs.                          THEORY                          M. Marks : 30
                                       Semester-I

1. Introduction and importance of tools required in pattern cutting and designing.
2. Safety precautions to be observed while working in workshop.
3. Basic principles of pattern cutting.


                                      Semester-II


4. Material used in pattern cutting.
5. Drawing and designing of pattern cutting viz. Wallets/Purses, Dak Pad, File Cover, etc.
6. Various types of machinery and equipments used and their care and maintenance.
7. Pattern cutting and designing of children Soft Toys.

                    PATTERN CUTTING AND DESIGNING
Time : 3 hrs.                        PRACTICAL                           M. Marks : 50
                                       Semester-I
103

1. Identification and usage of tools.
2. Sharpening and preparation of tools.
                                     Semester-II
3. Care and maintenance of tools.
4. Practice of pattern cutting viz. Wallets/Purses, Dak Pad, File Cover etc.
5. Practice on hand sketches of different patterns viz. Wallets/Purses, Dak Pad,
   File Cover etc.



Paper-II               NOVELTY LEATHER ITEMS
Time : 2 hrs.                           THEORY                       M. Marks : 30
                                        Semester-I

1. Introduction and scope of the leather goods industry and its status in India with
   special reference to Punjab.
2. Machinery and tools used in leather goods industry.
3. Raw material, auxiliaries, their availability, proper utilization and uses in
   leather goods industry.
                                     Semester-II
4. Types of threads and adhesives used in leather goods.
5. Introduction of various kinds of leather and its processing and general defects,
   measurement. Machines and tools required for measurement of hides and skins.
6. Sequence of operations while making: Wallet/purses, Dak Pad, Waist belts,
   Goggles cases, Refrigerator handle cover and File Cover etc.
7. Cost Calculation of the above, finished goods.



                        NOVELTY LEATHER ITEMS
Time : 3 hrs.                       PRACTICAL                         M. Marks : 50
                                        Semester-I

1. Identification and working of machinery and tools.
2. Identification of various types of raw materials.
3. Sample collection of various types of leather, raxine and their linings.
                                     Semester-II
4. Various types of skiving and folding.
5. Preparation and practice of wallet.
6. Preparation and practice of waist belt.
7. Preparation and practice of File Cover.
104




Paper-III             TRAVELLING LEATHER GOODS
Time : 2 hrs.                           THEORY                             M. Marks : 30
                                       Semester-I

1. Introduction and importance of travelling leather goods.
2. Various types of raw material required for the manufacturing of traveling leather goods.
                                       Semester-II
3. Sequence of operations while making the following : conductors cash bag, school
   bag, air bag, part folio, TV Cover, lady purse, office bag and Shoping Bag etc.
4. Cost calculation of the above finished goods.



Paper-III             TRAVELLING LEATHER GOODS
Time : 3 hrs.                         PRACTICAL                            M. Marks : 50
                                       Semester-I

1. Identification and selection of raw material used in traveling leather goods.
2. Practice of various types of sewing machines and stitching.
3. Pattern cutting of conductor cash bag, lady purse, air bag, portfolio, school bag,
   TV cover, Office bag, shoping bag.
                                       Semester-II
4. Preparation and practice of Conductor cash bag, lady purse, air bag, portfolio,
   TV Cover, Office bag, shoping bag and their cost calculation.
                  (V)    HUMANITIES & OTHERS GROUP
                              COMMERCIAL ART
Paper-I                  COMMERCIAL ART AND DRAWING
Time : 5 hrs.                    PRACTICAL                                 M. Marks : 80

                             Structure of Question Paper
The question paper will consists of 3 parts.
No. 1                                                                            30 marks
   This part will be based upon Unit I of the syllabus. Two questions will be asked and
the student will do any one out of these. The distribution of marks will be as follows :
        Composition                         10 marks
        Expression                          10 marks
105


        Finishing                        10 marks
No. 2                                                                      30 marks
      This will be based upon Unit II of the syllabus. Any two questions will be asked
and the student will attempt any one. The distribution of marks will be as follows :
        Composition                      10 marks
        Expression                       10 marks
        Finishing                        10 marks
No. 3                                                                      20 marks
       This part relates to sessional work. Students will show atleast 20 articles
relating to Drawing and layoutwhich have been designed by him during the whole
academic year.
                                      SYLLABUS
                                      Semester-I
Topics :
1. Drawing from file : Head Study :
                                          Or
   Drawing from Still file. Monochrome/Colours.
Sessional Work
   At least Six articles should be prepared by the Candidates.
   The Practical Examiner will award the marks.


                                      Semester-II
2. Drawing from nature: Flowers, Trees, Land scape Painting, Birds, Animals etc.
                                          Or
   Study of Techniques of illustrations : Pen, ink/wash.
Sessional Work
   At least Nine articles should be prepared by the Candidates.
   The Practical Examiner will award the marks.



Paper-II                   DESIGN AND LAYOUT
Time : 5 hrs.                      PRACTICAL                          M. Marks : 80
106

                            Structure of Question Paper

The question paper will consists of 3 parts.
No. 1                                                                        30 marks
   This part will be based upon Unit I of the syllabus. Two questions will be asked and
the student will do any one out of these. The distribution of marks will be as follows :
        Composition                       10 marks
        Expression                        10 marks
        Finishing                         10 marks


No. 2                                                                        30 marks
      This will be based upon Unit II of the syllabus. Any two questions will be asked
and the student will attempt any one. The distribution of marks will be as follows :
        Composition                       10 marks
        Expression                        10 marks
        Finishing                         10 marks
No. 3                                                                        20 marks
       This part relates to sessional work. Students will show atleast 20 articles
relating to Drawing and layout which have been designed by him during the whole
academic year.
                                      SYLLABUS
                                     Semester-I


Topics :
1. Lettering and Typography
   Calligraphy
   Copying from old manuscripts
   Study of various scripts, Gurmukhi,English, devanagri and Roman etc.
   Preparation of Simple layout, Design and Lettering
                                            Or
   Book and Magzine cover
   Design and their colour schemes
At least six articles should be prepared by the candidates.
The practical examiner will award the marks.
107

                                       Semester-II
2. Preparation of Poster based on combination of Lettering and simple illustration.
3. Sessional Work
At least nine articles should be prepared by the candidates.
The practical examiner will award the marks.



Paper-III     TECHNICAL THEORY OF COMMERCIAL ART
Time : 3 hrs.                          THEORY                       M. Marks : 80

                            Structure of Question Paper
1.     In all eight questions will be set from the prescribed syllabus.   Students
willhave to attempt any five questions from these.     Each question will carry 16
marks. A question may have two or more parts. The questions should be evenly
distributed from the syllabus.

                                       SYLLABUS
                                       Semester-I
1.   Introduction and importance of Commercial Art in Life.
2.   Important Art Terminologies used in Basic Design, Point, Line, Curve, Form,
     Tone and Texture, Monochrome, Basic Colours, Secondary Colours, Warm,
     Cool, Hormonious and Contrast Colours.
3.   Principles of good composition.
     Distribution of Space, Balance, Rhythm, Barmnance, Abstraction and
     Stylizotion and Proportion.
                                       Semester-II
4.   Use of Perspective in illustration i.e.

     In land scape Painting, Anatomy and still life.

5.   Various types of painting Techniques

     Transparent water colours Goache.

     Opaque water colours Goache.

6.   Batik Technique, Mural Technique.

     Fresco, Gil Painting Technique.
108

7.    Various types of material and equipment used in illustrations.

8.    Stencilling and spray work.

9.    Print Making : Lino cut, Relief Printing.

      Block Making, Silk Screen Printing from line and half tone blocks letter and
      offset printing.

10. Principles of Poster design.

      Layout and composition and book illustrations.

11. Sketching and its importance in Commercial art.

12.     Qualities of good commercial artist (Semeter-I)

Note : Semester –I       (1,2,3 and 12)
        Semester-II (4,5,6,7,8,9,10 and 11)

More Related Content

DOCX
Base oil basics
PPT
Castrol
PPTX
Edible oil industry
PPSX
Corn Export
PPTX
Neem Oil, Margosa Oil, Azadirachta indica - Manufacturing Plant, Detailed Pro...
PPTX
Atta Chakki Plant, Mini Flour Mill (Chakki Atta), Wheat Flour Atta Plant, Pac...
PPTX
Potato & Banana Chips Profitable Food Processing Business Idea
PDF
Sensory-evaluation-of-Yoghurt-Shrikhand-and-chakka (1).pdf
Base oil basics
Castrol
Edible oil industry
Corn Export
Neem Oil, Margosa Oil, Azadirachta indica - Manufacturing Plant, Detailed Pro...
Atta Chakki Plant, Mini Flour Mill (Chakki Atta), Wheat Flour Atta Plant, Pac...
Potato & Banana Chips Profitable Food Processing Business Idea
Sensory-evaluation-of-Yoghurt-Shrikhand-and-chakka (1).pdf

Similar to Microsoft Word - Class XI (20)

PDF
CONTENTS Pages
PDF
CODE OF POINTS-GR- 2013 2016 ENGLISH
PDF
Cop2013
PDF
Analytical-Chemistry
PDF
Thesis yossie
PDF
Metrology In Industry The Key For Quality French College Of Metrologyauth
PDF
Software Engineering
DOCX
PDF
Thesis - Umberto Morelli (83190)
PDF
Language And Speech Processing 1st Edition Joseph Mariani
PDF
Ibm tivoli monitoring version 5.1.1 creating resource models and providers sg...
PDF
Rg co p 2013 2016- version sept. 19-e final
PDF
Rg co p 2013 2016- version sept. 19-e final
PDF
bonino_thesis_final
PDF
Rg co p 2013 2016-v2
PDF
Main_file (1)
PDF
Managing Complexity Of Information Systems Pirmin Lemberger Mederic Morelauth
PDF
Formal Methods Industrial Use From Model To The Code Jeanlouis Boulanger Ed
PDF
Operational Research And Networks Finke G Ed
CONTENTS Pages
CODE OF POINTS-GR- 2013 2016 ENGLISH
Cop2013
Analytical-Chemistry
Thesis yossie
Metrology In Industry The Key For Quality French College Of Metrologyauth
Software Engineering
Thesis - Umberto Morelli (83190)
Language And Speech Processing 1st Edition Joseph Mariani
Ibm tivoli monitoring version 5.1.1 creating resource models and providers sg...
Rg co p 2013 2016- version sept. 19-e final
Rg co p 2013 2016- version sept. 19-e final
bonino_thesis_final
Rg co p 2013 2016-v2
Main_file (1)
Managing Complexity Of Information Systems Pirmin Lemberger Mederic Morelauth
Formal Methods Industrial Use From Model To The Code Jeanlouis Boulanger Ed
Operational Research And Networks Finke G Ed
Ad

More from Videoguy (20)

PDF
Energy-Aware Wireless Video Streaming
PDF
Microsoft PowerPoint - WirelessCluster_Pres
PDF
Proxy Cache Management for Fine-Grained Scalable Video Streaming
PDF
Adobe
PDF
Free-riding Resilient Video Streaming in Peer-to-Peer Networks
PDF
Instant video streaming
PDF
Video Streaming over Bluetooth: A Survey
PDF
Video Streaming
PDF
Reaching a Broader Audience
PDF
Considerations for Creating Streamed Video Content over 3G ...
PDF
ADVANCES IN CHANNEL-ADAPTIVE VIDEO STREAMING
PDF
Impact of FEC Overhead on Scalable Video Streaming
PDF
Application Brief
PDF
Video Streaming Services – Stage 1
PDF
Streaming Video into Second Life
PDF
Flash Live Video Streaming Software
PDF
Videoconference Streaming Solutions Cookbook
PDF
Streaming Video Formaten
PDF
iPhone Live Video Streaming Software
PDF
Glow: Video streaming training guide - Firefox
Energy-Aware Wireless Video Streaming
Microsoft PowerPoint - WirelessCluster_Pres
Proxy Cache Management for Fine-Grained Scalable Video Streaming
Adobe
Free-riding Resilient Video Streaming in Peer-to-Peer Networks
Instant video streaming
Video Streaming over Bluetooth: A Survey
Video Streaming
Reaching a Broader Audience
Considerations for Creating Streamed Video Content over 3G ...
ADVANCES IN CHANNEL-ADAPTIVE VIDEO STREAMING
Impact of FEC Overhead on Scalable Video Streaming
Application Brief
Video Streaming Services – Stage 1
Streaming Video into Second Life
Flash Live Video Streaming Software
Videoconference Streaming Solutions Cookbook
Streaming Video Formaten
iPhone Live Video Streaming Software
Glow: Video streaming training guide - Firefox
Ad

Microsoft Word - Class XI

  • 1. 1 SYLLABI of VOCATIONAL STREAM for 11th Class Examination (Senior Secondary Examination Part-I) 2009-2010 Punjab School Education Board Sahibzada Ajit Singh Nagar (Mohali)-160062 Published by : Secretary, PUNJAB SCHOOL EDUCATION BOARD, VIDYA BHAWAN, PHASE-VIII, Sahibzada Ajit Singh Nagar (Mohali)-160062
  • 2. 1 CONTENTS Pages A. SCHEME OF STUDIES……………………………………………………..………………1 B. GENERAL FOUNDATION COURSE……………………………………………….…….3 C. COMPULSORY SUBJECTS………………………………………………………………..5 1. General English……………………………………………………………………………5 2. General Punjabi…………………………………………………………………………...7 3. Punjab History & Culture…………………………………………………………….…9 4. Environmental Education …………………………………………………………….10 5. Computer Science……………………………………………………………………….15 D. STRUCTURE OF QUESTION PAPERS OF ELECTIVE SUBJECTS (THEORY).………………………………………………………………………………….19 E. STRUCTURE OF QUESTION PAPERS OF ELECTIVE SUBJECTS (PRACTICAL)…………………………………………………………………………….….20 F. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO THE PAPERS SETTERS………………………..21 G. ON-THE-JOB TRAINING………………………………………………………………...21 H. ELECTIVE SUBJECTS…………………………………………………………………...22 I. AGRICULTURE GROUP……………………………………………………………..…..22 (i) Horticulture…………………………………………………………………….22 1. Fundamentals of Horticulture……………………………..……………22 2. Fruit Production………………………………………….………………..23 3. Vegetable Production…………………………. ……………………….…24 (ii) Agri-Business…………………………………………………………………...25 1. Elements of Agriculture…………………………………..………..…….26 2. Introduction to Business Management and Computer Applications ...29 3. Book-Keeping & Farm Planning………………………………………...30
  • 3. 2 (iii) Repair and Maintenance of Power Driven Farm ….. 31 Machinery 1. Basic Workshop Practices………………………………… ….. 32 2. Irrigation and Tubewell Technology…………………….. ….. 35 3. Crop Production Machinery………………………………. ….. 37 II. BUSINESS AND COMMERCE GROUP …... 38 (i) Office Secretaryship…………………………………………….. …... 38 1. Modern Office Practices-I…………………………………. …... 36 2. Shorthand English/Punjabi/Hindi……………………... …... 40 3. Type writing English/Hindi/Punjabi…………………… …... 41 (ii) Accountancy and Auditing……………………………………. …... 45 1. Modern Office Practices-II………………………………… …... 46 2. Principles of Business and Economics………………… …... 47 3. Book Keeping and Accountancy……………………….. …... 48 III. HOME SCIENCE GROUP …... 49 (i) Food Preservation……………………………………………….. …... 50 1. Fundamental of Food Preservation …………………… …... 50 2. Food Microbiology and Quality Control……………….. …... 51 3. Food Preservation Techniques…………………………… …... 52 (ii) Commercial Garment Designing & Making………… …... 52 1. Textile Science………………………………………………. …... 53 2. Designing and Pattern Making………………………….. …... 54 3. Clothing Construction……………………………………... …... 55 (iii) Textile Designing………………………………………………… …... 57 1. Textile Science……………………………………………… …... 57 2. Yarn Preparation and Fabric Structure……………….. …... 57
  • 4. 3 3. Handloom Mechanics and Operations…………………. …... 58 (iv) Textile Craft (Weaving)…………………………………………. …... 59 1. Textile Science………………………………………………. …... 59 2. Textile Designing and Printing…………………………. …... 60 3. Textile Dyeing………………………………………………... …... 61 (v) Knitting Technology……………………………………………. …... 61 1. Textile Science………………………………………………. …... 61 2. Handloom Flat Mechanism……………………………….. …... 62 3. Hand Driven Circular Knitting…………………………… …... 64 IV. ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY GROUP …... 64 (i) Maintenance and Repair of Electrical Domestic …... 65 Appliances 1. Basic Electricity…………………………………………….. …... 66 2. Electrical Domestic Appliances………………………….. …... 68 3. Materials & Workshop Practice………………………….. …... 70 (ii) Repair and Maintenance of Radio & Television …... 71 1. Basic Electronics……………………………………………. …... 72 2. Electronic Circuits………………………………………….. …... 73 3. AM/FM Radio Receivers & Fault Analysis…………….. …... 74 (iii) Engineering Drawing and Drafting …... 75 1. Engineering Drawing………………………………………. …... 77 2. Basics of Building Construction………………………… …... 78 3. Workshop Calculation …………………………………….. …... 78 (iv) Mechanical Servicing (Genl.)…………………………………. …... 79 1. Lathe Machine and Operations………………………….. …... 80 2. Engineering Material……………………………………… …... 81
  • 5. 4 3. Engineering Drawing……………………………………… …... 82 (v) Furniture Making and Designing ………………………….. …... 83 1. Furniture Furnishing & Finishing Materials………… …... 84 2. Tools & Process……………………………………………… …... 85 3. Furniture Design……………………………………………. …... 86 (vi) Mechanical Servicing (Auto)………………………………….. …... 87 1. Engineering Drawing………………………………………. …... 88 2. Automobile Engine…………………………………………. …... 89 3. Transmission System………………………………………. …... 90 (vii) Computer Techniques………………………………………….. …... 91 1. Computer Fundamentals…………………………………. …... 94 2. Mathematics and Statistics………………………………. …... 95 3. Programming in C………………………………………… …... 99 (viii) Manufacturing of Sports Goods……………………………… …... 99 1. Wood based Sports Goods……………………………….. …... 100 2. Leather and Synthetic Based Sports Goods…………. …... 101 3. Textile Based Sports Goods…………………………….. …... 101 (ix) Manufacturing of Leather Goods……………………………. …... 102 1. Paper Cutting and Designing……………………………. …... 102 2. Novelty Leather Items……………………………………… …... 103 3. Travelling Leather Goods…………………………………. …... 104 v. HUMANITIES AND OTHERS GROUPS …... 104 Commercial Art………………………………………………….. …... 104 1. Commercial Art & Drawing………………………………. …... 104 2. Design and Lay-out………………………………………… …... 105 3. Technical Theory of Commercial Art……………………. …... 107
  • 6. 1 A. SCHEME OF STUDIES 11th CLASS EXAMINATION (SENIOR SECONDARY CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION-I) (VOCATIONAL STREAM) ADMISSION YEAR 2009 Subjects for Studies (a) Compulsory Subjects : Every candidate shall offer the following subjects : Sr. Subject Marks for Duration of Distribution of Total No. Papers Period per week Theo. Prct. Theo. Prct. Theo. Prct.l 1. Geneal English 75 — 3 hrs — 5 — 5 2. General Punjabi 75 — 3 hrs — 5 — 5 Or Punjab History & Culture 3. Environmental 35 15 2 hrs 1½ 1 1 2 Education hrs 4. Computer Science 50 50 3 hrs 3 hrs 1 1 2 5. General Foundation 50 — 3 hrs — 4 — 4 Course For General Foundation Course (G.F.C) : MARKS GRADING 75% & above 'A' 60% & above but less than 75% 'B' 50% & above but less than 60% 'C' 45% & above but less than 50% 'D' 33% & above but less than 45% 'E' 15% & above but less than 33% 'F' Less than 15% 'G' Note : To be declared 'Pass' a student has to clear General Foundation Course minimum with Grade 'E'.
  • 7. 2 (b) Elective Subjects : Every candidate shall offer any one trade relating to any one of the following Groups. (Each trade has three elective subjects of 80 marks each and on-the-job training of 60 marks). (i) Agriculture Group (ii) Business and Commerce Group (iii) Home Science Group (iv) Engineering & Technology Group (v) Humanities and Others Group Broad distribution of marks and periods per week. Marks Periods Th. Prac. Total O.J.T. Th. Prac. Total Elective Subject - I* 30 50 80 2 8 10 Elective Subject - II* 30 50 80 60 2 8 10 Elective Subject - III* 30 50 80 2 8 10 Note : 1. Three weeks for on-the-job training (O.J.T), every year as per instructions issued by the Board from time to time. 2. *In any subject if there is only one paper either of theory or of practical, the total marks for that subject will be 80 and the periods allotted will be 10. 3. Punjab School Education Board Regulations for Senior Secondary Examination are also applicable to vocational stream. 4. Six periods are for library studies / extra curricular activities / optional/ tutorials / assignaments 5. The Board reserves the right to amened syllabus courses and / or scheme of studies as and when it considers necessary.
  • 8. 3 B. GENERAL FOUNDATION COURSE Time : 3 hrs. Structure of question paper M. Marks : 50 THEORY In all eight question will be set from the prescribed syllabus. Student will attempt any five questions from these. Each question will carry 10 marks. A question may have two or more parts. The questions will be evenly distributed from the syllabus. SYLLABUS PART-A Semester-I 1. ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT a. Entrepreneurship Career Orientation Alternative career options under vocational stream, wage employment, self employment etc. : Dynamics of entrepreneurship; Importance and Relevance of entrepreneurship career; characteristics, role & reward of an entrepreneur. b. Entrepreneurial Values Entrepreneurial value orientation through activities; Innovativeness; Independence; improved performance; Respect for work. c. Entrepreneurial Attitude Concept & significance of different entrepreneurial Atitudes; use imagination/intuition; take moderate risk; enjoy freedom of expression and action; look for economic opportunities; find satisfaction from successful completion of tasks; Believe that they can change the environment; Take initiative; Analyze situation; & plan action; Involve in work, activity. d. Behavioural Competencies Innovative & risk taking; tolerance to ambiguities; problem solving; persistence; standard/quality of work performance; information seeking; systematic planning; activities. e. Entrepreneurial Motivation Data collection about self; introduction to need system & motivational pattern of entrepreneur; conceptualizing entrepreneurial skill & behaviour; Risk taking behaviour; Hope for success & fear of failure; learning from feed back; Understanding motive strength; achievement imageries; intensity of motives; achievement language etc; Personal efficiency-individual life goal, its linkages to entrepreneurship; Locus of control; Conceptualizing entrepreneurial values; Achievement planning; Influence competence; Entrepreneurial goal setting; Sharing entrepreneurial goal, devising clarity in terms of enterprise building. Coping with difficulties. Reinforcing help seeking ability; Creativity; Understanding & internalizing coping abilities.
  • 9. 4 Semester-II Part-B 2. ENTERPRISE LAUNCHING COMPETENCIES a. Project Identification Definitions of Large Scale Industry (LSI), Medium Scale Industry (MSI), Small Scale Industry (SSI), tiny Sector, cottage and Rural Industries; Classification of Projects- Manufacturing, Service, Trading, Consumer Goods, Capital Goods & Ancillary Goods (Characteristics & Scope of activities of each type), Central and the State Government Policies, Programmes and Incentives with regard to SSI, Tiny sector and new entrepreneurs; Steps in setting up a business enterprise; Information about the various institutions providing help to the existing & potential entrepreneurs; District Industries Centre, Directorate of Industries, Technical Consultancy Organisation; Punjab Financial Corporation, Punjab Small Industries Development Corporation, National Small Industries Corporation, Punjab Small Industries and Export Corporation, Small Industries. Service Institute, Commercial Banks, Co-operative Banks, Punjab State Khadi & Village Industries Board etc., Reservation of Products for exclusive manufacture in SSI Sector. (The product list should be circulated to the students). b. Project Selection Project /Projects Identification, generating ideas for selection of a project,; procedure for short listing the ideas generated; factors to be considered for final selection of the product-Demand, competitors, availability of factors of product-Govt. policy, profit margin etc. c. Project Formulation & Report Need for Project Report; Elements (steps) of a Project Report; Determining the Project size keeping in view the manageability, investment possibilities, Production and market aspectrs; Selection of plant and machinery; Determining Labour and raw material requirements in the form of the information requird in the project report (simple project report); Estimating the Project cost, production cost concepts, working capital requirements, profit ratios and the concept of inventory control; Break Even Analysis & profitibality rates, capacity utilization indicator, sales revenue indicator; Time scheduling, Project Monitoring and review Technique (Network analysis), Study of typical project report, namely of consumer goods, capital goods, ancillary goods and services, the requirements of the banks and financial institutions, project appraisal-technical, economic, financial,
  • 10. 5 commercial and managerial aspects; Practice Session (Students should practice on the preparation of the project report on the similar projects). (B) COMPULSORY SUBJECTS 1. GENERAL ENGLISH Time : 3 hours One Paper Max. Marks : 75 Syllabus A. I AM THE PEOPLE (for detailed study) 25 I. (i) Comprehension passage (ii) Summary of a poem (iii) One essay type question (iii) Translation from English into Vernacular. Note : A special question in lieu of translation for foreign students: Explain the contents of a given prose passage in simple English from I Am The People. B. STORIES, PLAYS & TALES OF ADVENTURE (Text for non-detailed study) 20 II. (a) Short-answer type questions on contents of lessons 12 (b) Character-sketch, episode, incident, theme of, any one lesson 8 C. USAGE & COMPOSITION 30 1. USAGE 12 (a) Tenses (b) Use of Verbs (c) Voice (Simple) (d) Reported Speech (Simple) (e) Simple idioms (f) Common errors II. COMPOSITION 18 (i) Simple/descriptive/narrative essay Or Paragraph-writing (ii) Letter-writing (Personal) STRUCTURE OF QUESTION PAPER Time : 3 hours One Paper Max. Marks : 75 PART-A Marks : 45 Note : All the questions of Part-A and B shall be based on the exercises of the text books prescribed by the Board. (A) I AM THE PEOPLE (for detailed study) 25
  • 11. 6 a) A passage from the above mentioned textbook to test comprehension through the following techniques : 10 (i) Who spoke/write these words to whom/about whom name of the chapter and author (from the passage). (ii) Short-answer type questions. (iii) Matching exercise (iv) Formation of words using prefix (v) Fill in the blanks (vi) Meaning of difficult words/phrases in simple English. (b) One essay type question with internal choice (about 100 words). 5 (c) Summary or central idea of a poem (I Am The People) 5 (d) Translation from English into Vernacular (Only one running passage consisting of not more than seven sentences (from I Am The People). Note : A special question for foreign students in lieu of translation : 5 Explain the contents of a given prose passage in simple English from 'I Am The People'. B. Stories, Plays and Tales of Adventure (Text for non-detailed study) 20 (a) Short-answer type questions from different exercises given at the end of the lessons. 12 (Any six out of eight questions) (b) One essay type question on character sketch/episode/incident/theme of any one lesson in about 100 words. 8 PART-B MARKS : 30 C. Usage and Composition 12 (i) Usage (a) Tenses (b) Use of Verbs (c) Voice (Simple) (d) Narration (simple) (Isolated sentences of different types) (e) Simple idioms Or (f) Common errors Note : Question on the above mentioned items will be based on the language material contained in the prescribed textbooks.
  • 12. 7 COMPOSITION 18 One out of three simple/descriptive/narrative essays in about 250 words. 10 Or Develop a paragraph (out of two) with the help of given outline/situation in about 150 words. Letter (simple and personal only) with internal choice. 8 Books Prescribed : 1. I Am The People - Published by the Punjab School Education Board. 2. Stories, Plays and Tales of Adventure - Published by the Punjab School Education Board. 2a bk˜wh gzikph (T) wB' oE nkw L 1a ftfdnkoEh dh GkÙk-;woZEk ftZu tkXk eoBk. 2a T[; ftZu ;ZfGnkukfoe u/sBsk irkT[Dk. ftÙ/ Ù L 1a ftfdnkoEh Bz{ gzikp d/ b'e-;kfjs, b'e-rhsK s/ b'e-eEktK s'A ikD{ eotkT[Dk. 2a T[; d/ fBsk-gqsh ihtB ftZu ezw nkT[D tkbh gzikph dh ;woZEk tXkT[Dk. 3a T[; dh ;zuko-:'rsk ftZu tkXk eoBk. (n) gkm-eqw gkm- 1a gzikph b'e-;kfjs 2a nzro/˜h s'A gzikph ftZu nB[tkd 3a nıpko d/ ;zgkde Bz{ gZso 4a fJÙfsjko$;Zdk gZso 5a g?ok ouBk 6a w[jkto/ (J) gkm- gkm-eqw dk t/ otk eZ[ b nze L 75 1a gzikph b' e- ;kfjs 20(10 + 10) (i) b'e-rhs ;[jkr, x'VhnK, f;ZmDhnK, NZgk, p'bhnK, Y'bk, wkjhnk. (ii) b'e eEktK 1a fwZE eEktK gqfjbkd Grs, Bb ns/ dfwnzsh
  • 13. 8 2a goh eEktK s/ Bhsh eEktK L Bhb ewb, ;p˜ goh, bkb;k dh uZeh 3a dzd eEktK L g{oB Grs, okik o;kb{, dZ[b GZNh 4a gqhs eEktK L jho oKMk, fwo˜k ;kfjpK 2a nz r o/ ˜h s' A gzikph ftZu nB[ tkd L (i) ) seBheh Ùpdktbh L d¯soh Ùpdktbh, tZy-tZy ftfÙnK Bkb ;zpzfXs Ùpdktbh. (ii) p?Ae, o/bt/, vke s/ phwk ;/tktK Bkb ;zpzfXs tke. 10(4-6) 3a nıpko d/ ;zgkde Bz{ gZso (fe;/ w;b/$xNBk pko/) 10 4a ;Zdk gZso$fJÙfsjko 10 ı[Ùh, ˆwh iK fe;/ j'o ;wkrw dk ;Zdk-gZso, nıpkoK Bz{ d/D bJh fBih fJÙfsjko (gqkJht/N ns/ ;oekoh ;z;EktK d/ fJÙfsjko BjhA j'Dr/.) 5a g?ok ouBk L (br-gr 150 ÙpdK dh) 15 6a w[jkto/ (br-gr 100 w[jkto/) 10 gkm- gkm-g[; se L bk˜wh gz ikph- 11 (frnkoQ thA Ùq/Dh bJh) gz ikp ;e{b f;Zfynk p'o v kph- g/g o ;?A No bJh nkw fjdkfJsK 1a gqÙB-gZso fsnko eoB s'A gfjbK gkm-eqw ns/ gkm-g[;seK d/ BthBsw n?vhÙBK Bz{ fXnkB Bkb tkuDk ˜o{oh W. fe;/ th soQK gkm-eqw dh T[bzxDk Bk ehsh ikt/. ftÙ/Ù fjdkfJsK ns/ Bw{B/ dk gqÙB-gZso th ˜o{o t/y fbnk ikt/. 2a gqÙB-gZso ftZu seBheh Ùpdktbh gkm-eqw tkbh jh j't/. 3a gqÙB-gZso ftZu Ùpd-i'V gkm g[;seK tkb/ jh oZy/ ikD. 4a jo gqÙB dk e/tb fJZe fB;fus T[Zso pDdk j't/. 5a gqÙBK dh GkÙk ;ob s/ ;gÙN j't/. 6a fijV/ gqÙB u'D bJh gkJ/ ikD T[j T[Zso d/ gZXo, eoBkJh ns/ nkeko d/ gZy'A fJZe d{i/ d/ pokpo j'D. 7a gqÙB-gZso ftZu fdZshnK fjdkfJsK gqÙBK Bz{ ;gÙN eoB, T[ZsoK Bz{ ;/X d/D ns/ ;hwk-pX eoB bJh jh fdZshnK ikD. fJjBK okjhA gkm-eqw s'A pkjobhnK rZbK fiBQK bJh nze BjhA oZy/ rJ/, Bk S'jhnK ikD.
  • 14. 9 8a fe;/ gqÙB d/ Bkb e/tb T[j fjdkfJs fdZsh ikt/ i' e/tb T[; ftÙ/Ù gqÙB pko/ W. i/ T[j j'o gqÙBK s/ th bkr{ jz[dh W iK j' ;edh W sK T[; Bz{ nkw fjdkfJsK ftZu Ùkwb ehsk ikt/. 9a fiBQK gqÙBK ftZu nze-tzv eoBh ;zGt W s/ b'VhAdh th W T[ZE/ fJj ftÙ/Ù fjdkfJsK dh b'n ftZu gqÙB-gZso ftZu jh eo fdZsh ikt/. 10a ftÙ/Ù fjdkfJsK ftZu fijV/ gqÙB dk T[Zso ;hwk-pZX ehsk frnk W, T[; pko/ gqÙB-gZso ftZu fjdkfJs eo fdZsh ikt/. nfXnkgeK, ftfdnkoEhnK, g/g o ;? A NoK ns/ gohfyneK bJh ftÙ/Ù fjdkfJsK L ;wK L 3 xzN/ eZ[ b nze L 75 gqÙB BzL 1 bk˜wh gzikph- 11 gkm-g[;se ftZu b'e-rhsK pko/ fdZs/ gkm-nfGnk;K d/ gqÙBK kph ftZu'A e'Jh uko gqÙB d/ e/ d' dk T[Zso fbyD bJh fejk ikt/rk. (5 +5=10)nze gqÙB BzL 2 bk˜wh gzikph-11 ftZu fdZshnK tZy-tZy tZBrhnK dhnK eEktK ftZu'A e'Jh d' eEktK kph d/ Bk d/ e/ fe;/ fJZe eEk Bz{ nkgD/ ÙpdK ftZu fbyD bJh fejk ikt/rk. 10 nze gqÙB BzL 3 bk˜wh gzikph- 11 ftZu fdZsh seBheh Ùpdktbh ftZu'A nzro/˜h d/ nZm Ùpd d/ e/ kph e'Jh uko ÙpdK dk gzikph o{g fbyD bJh fejk ikt/rk. nZX/ Ùpd d¯soh Ùpdktbh ftZu'A ns/ nZX/ tZy-tZy ftfÙnK Bkb ;zpzfXs Ùpdktbh ftZu'A j'Dr/. 4 nze gqÙB BzL 4 bk˜wh gzikph 11 ftZu'A p?Ae, o/bt/, vke s/ phwk ;/tktK Bkb ;zpzfXs nzro/˜h d/ S/ kph- tke d/ e/ e'Jh fszB tkeK dk gzikph o{g fbyD bJh fejk ikt/rk. 6 nze gqÙB BzL 5 fe;/ w;b/$xNBk pko/ fe;/ nıpko d/ ;zgkde Bz{ gZso fbyD bJh d' ftÙ/ d/ e/ fe;/ fJZe pko/ fbyD bJh fejk ikt/rk. (2+6+2=10) nze gqÙB BzL 6 bk˜wh gzikph 11 ftZu fdZshnK tzBrhnK nB[;ko fJZe fJÙfsjko iK ;dk-gZso kph- fbyD bJh fejk ikt/rk. d' ftÙ/ fdZs/ ikDr/, fJjBK ftZu'A fe;/ fJZe pko/ fbyDk j'trk. 10 nze gqÙB BzL 7 e'Jh fszB ftÙ/ d/ e/ fe;/ fJZe pko/ br-gr 150 ÙpdK dh g?ok ouBk eoB bJh fejk ikt/rk. 15 nze gqÙB BzL 8 bk˜wh gzikph 11 ftZu'A e'Jh nZm w[jkto/ d/ e/ T[jBK ftZu'A gzi Bz{ tkeK ftZu tosD kph- bJh fejk ikt/rk. 10 nze Paper-I 3. PUNJAB HISTORY & CULTURE Time : 3 hours One Paper Max. Marks : 75 Structure of Question Paper 1. There will be eighteen questions in all. All the question will be compulsory. 2. Questions from 1 to 10 will carry 2 marks each. Answer of each question should be in about 20-25 words. 3. Questions from 11 to 15 will carry 5 marks each. Answer of each question should be in about 75-80 words.
  • 15. 10 4. Questions from 16 to 18 will carry 10 marks each. Answer of each question should be in about 250-300 words. There will be internal choice in these questions. The paper-setter should not set more than one such question from one chapter. 5. The language of paper will be straight. 6. No question will be based on quotation. SYLLABUS 1) The land and the people. 2) The age of the Harappa Culture. 3) The age of the vedic Aryans. 4) From the Budha to Ashoka. 5) Invasions and impact. 6) The Gupta-Vardhana Age. 7) The Turks in the Punjab. 8) Education and Literature. 9) Art and Architecture. 10) Religion and Philosophy. 11) The Siddhas and the Sufis. 4. ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION Theory Paper Time : 2 hours Marks : 35 Project Work Time : 1½ hours Marks : 15 Total Marks : 50 THEORY Structure of Question Paper 1) There will be one theory paper comprising of 16 questions. All questions will be compulsory. 2) Question Nos. 1-5 are very short answer type questions carrying 1 mark each. Answer to each question will be in one line or few words only. 3) Question Nos. 6-10 are short answer type questions carrying 2 marks each. Answer to each question will be in 20-30 words only. 4) Question Nos. 11-15 are short answer type questions carrying 3 marks each. Answer to each question will be in 40-50 words only. 5) Question Nos. 16 is long answer type question carrying 5 marks. Answer to this question will be in 80-100 words. 6) In question No. 16 there will be 100% internal choice. 7) There will be no objective type questions such as yes/no, tick/cross, fill in the blanks multiple choice, true/false etc.
  • 16. 11 8) The question paper should be strictly from the prescribed syllabus based on above mentioned guidelines. Unitwise distribution of marks will be as follows : Unit I Man and Environmental 7 marks Unit II Environmental and Development 7 marks Unit III Environmental Pollution and Global Issues 7 marks Unit IV Energy 7 marks Unit V Safe Work Environmental and Occupational Hazards 7 marks SYLLABUS Unit I Man and Environmental • Dimensions of environment-physical, biological and social. • Human being as rational and social partner in environmental action. • Society and environment in India : Indian traditions, customs and culture past and present. • Population and environment. • Impact of human activities on environment. – environmental problems of urban and rural areas. – natural resources and their depletion. – stress on civic amenities; supply of water and electricity, waste disposal, transport, health services. – Vehicular emissions. – Urbanisations-land use, housing, migrating and floating population. Unit II Environmental and Development • Economic and social needs-as basic considerations for development. • Agriculture and industry as major sections of development. • Social factors affecting development-poverty, affluence, education, employment, child marriage and child labour; human health-HIV/AIDS, social, cultural and ethical values. • Impact of liberalization and globalisation on-agriculture and industries, dislocation of manpower and unemployment implications for social harmony. • Role of society in development and environment-public awareness through education, eco-clubs, population education programme, campaigns, public participation in decision-making. Unit III Environmental Pollution and Global Issues • Air, water (fresh and marine), soil pollution-sources and consequences. • Noise and radiation pollution-sources and consequences.
  • 17. 12 • Solid, liquid and gaseous pollutants. • Handling of hazardous materials and process, handling and management of hazarndous wastes. • Ozone Layer depletion and its effect. • Greenhouse effect; global warming and climatic changes and their effects on human society, agriculture, plants and animals. • Pollution related diseases. • Disaster-natural (earthquakes, droughts, floods, cyclones, landslides) and man-made (technological and industrial); their impact on the environment; prevention, control and mitigation. • Strategies for reducing pollution and improving the environment. Unit IV Energy • Changing global patterns of energy consumption-from ancient to modern times. • Energy consumption as a measure of quality of life. • Rising demand for energy, gap between demand and supply (Indian context). • Conventional energy sources-fossil fuels and firewood, potential (Indian context) and limitations of each source, methods of harnessing and environmental consequences of their use. • Non-conventional energy sources-types of non-conventional sources (bio-mass, solar, wind, ocean, hydel, geothermal, nuclear), potential (Indian context) and limitations of each source, methods of harnessing and their environmental consequences, need to promote non-conventional energy sources. • Conservation of energy sources-efficiency in production, transportation and utilization of energy. • Future source of energy-hydrogen, alcohol, fuel cells. Unit V Safe Work Environmental and Occupational Hazards • Safe work environment-adequate light, ventilation, cleanliness, good house keeping. • Safety awareness and management-safety precautions-home and work (laboratory, workshop, work site), safe handling of equipment and materials. • Occupational/hazards physical chemical, mechanical, electrical, bio-logical radiantional and psychological. • Accidents and major hazards in industries and occupations-fire, explosion, toxic release.
  • 18. 13 • First aid measures. • Laws and regulations related to occupational health and safety. PROJECT WORK Time : 1½ hours Marks : 15 Two Project 5 marks each Marks : 10 Viva 5 Marks THEORY Exemplar projects and activities It is expected that students will undertake two projects or activities, one of which should be undertaken individually' and they will prepare a report in each case. Teachers may plan and design projects and activities depending upon the local situations, available resources and environmental issues of concern. The projects and activities given below are only suggestive and not prescriptive. • To study the changes that have taken place in the given land area of a city/village/locality/market during the last five years in respect of atleast five parameters like number of houses, residents and families, food habits, number of household goods in a family, consumption of water, electricity and fuels including that for personal vehicles by a family, sources of noise (public address systems being used, television, radio and vehicles on the road), common facilities like number of schools, hospitals, shops, theatres, public convenience, public utilities, public transport, number of factories, industries and/or the facilities for production and processing of goods, loss of water bodies, types and quantity of wastes, their disposal and treatment facilities with a view to discussing the patterns of changes and impact on the environment and quality of life. One specific project on these aspects may be to study the changes that have taken place in a given land area during the last five years in respect of the number of houses, residents and families and to prepare a report on their effects on civic amenities like availability of water, electricity and fuels, the drainage system, disposal of wastes including night soil. • To study the environment profile of a town/locality/village in respect of population density, green cover, educational level of residents, social problems and sources of pollution and their effect on air, water and soil. • To improvise two models of greenhouses of similar dimensions made from low cost/on cost materials, to place them in open under identical conditions; and put some potted plants in one of them to note the temperature inside and outside of both the greenhouses every two hours from dawn to dusk for two weeks. To explain the reasons for the differences in temperature, if any, between the two green houses. • To collect data on monthly consumption of electricity and fuels from atleast five families, any two commercial establishments and four public utilities in a given locality to plan strategies for educating consumers to economise on
  • 19. 14 the consumption of electricity and fuel by reducing their over-use, misuse and improper use. • To study, for a period of one month, the status of sanitary conditions and methods of waste disposal of a given locality vis-à-vis the role of Panchayat. Municipality of Corporation and to prepare an action plan for making the conditions more environments friendly. • To investigate the impact of an industry or a large manufacturing unit on the local environment. The parameters could be land use, the ratio of the covered area and the open space, the raw materials used for production, inputs like electricity and water the types of waste generated and the modes of waste disposal, use of environmental friendly and efficient technology, types of pollutants emitted or discharged, the average health status of the employees and residents in the area. • To collect samples of water from different sources and study their physical characteristics like turbidity, colour, odour the measure of pH, the nature of suspended and dissolved impurities and pollutants, the presence of toxic materials like mercury lead, arsenic, fluorine and the presence of living organisms. For testing the presence of toxic materials and living organisms the help of a local laboratory or institution may be taken, if available. To identify the most polluted sample of water and locate the sources of its pollution. To devise an action plan for mobilising public opinion for checking the pollution. • To prepare a status report on the prevalence of child labour in a given area through simple surveys on children engaged as domestic help and as workers in farms, commercial establishments and manufacturing units. The survey may be in respect of age group education, wages, working hours, working conditions, safety in work place, health handling hazardous materials and the like. Units dealing with hazandous materials and processes may be identified and an action plan for mobilising public opinion against the practice of child labour may be prepared. • To prepare a flow chart to show different steps involved in the supply of water from the source (river, bore well) to houses in the locality. To collect information from the concerned authorities about the quantity of water processed and the amount of energy required for the purpose of each stage. To compute the energy spent for supply in 1 Kilolitre of water to the consumer. To plan and execute a campaign to educate the community members about the implications of wastage of water in terms of energy. • To conduct a survey through observations and interviews about the prevailing work environment of an establishment such as workshop, factory, manufacturing unit hospital or any other related to a specific vocation and to prepare a report highlighting the presence or absence of the desirable environmental conditions. • To study through observation and interviews practices followed by the workers in handling hazardous chemicals or hazardous processes and to prepare an action plan suggesting to remedial measures.
  • 20. 15 • To prepare a model action plan for generation of biogas and other useful products from biodegradable and non-biodegradable wastes on the basis of data collected for a village or locality indicating environmental and economic benefits. • To study through observation and interviews the extent of adherence to the prescribed norms of safety in the manufacturing, units and automobile workshops in the locality and to prepare a report thereon. No ezf gT{No ;kfJz ; gkm- gkm-eqw nZmthA s'A pkoQ thA Ù/ q DhnK bJh fgZm- fgZm-G{w h iwks ;ZsthA 1a ezfgT{ No d/ w{ b f;XKs L ezfgT{No pko/ ikD-gSkD fJ;dh wBZ[yK Bkb s[bBk ezfgT{No fJZe f;;Nw W ezfgT{No f;;Nw fet/A ezw eodk W 2a ;XkoB wzst ezfgT{ N o f;;Nw L ;XkoB wzst ezfgT{No f;;Nw jkovt/no ns/ ;kcNt/no L ;kcNt/no dk torheoB fJBgZ[N$nkT{NgZ[N w?woh gq';?;o, gq';?;o pDso ;kcNt/no f;;Nw L GkÙk nB[tkde, fbzeoi, b'vo˜, Ugo/fNzr f;;Nw 3a s[ jkvk ezfgT{N o Bz{ ubkT[ Dk ezfgT{No ;p f;;NwK Bz{ nkg; ftu i'VBk ezfgT{No Bz{ ukb{ eoBk ezfgT{No Bz{ pzd eoBk 4a ;{ uBk ns/ ;zuko seBkb'' ih L seBkb B?Ntoe ftZu fgzqNo dk eJh ezfgT{NoK Bkb fjZ;k tzvkT[Dk fJzNoB?N n?e;gb'oo
  • 21. 16 tov gq';?;o L efbg r?boh, jkJhgofbze, tov d;skt/˜ ftu w"i{dk X[Bh GoBk, fuzBQ, ;wheoB, ;koBh, vke fwbkT[Dk, tov v/Nk ;kXB ftu'A ;{uBK s/ Mks gkT[Dh 5a v/ Nk rq kfce Bkb y/v Dk L v/Nk ns/ rqkfce rqkfce; d/ n?gbhe/ÙB˜ ns/ T[BQK dh tos'A 6a v/ Nkp/ ; w? B/ iw? A N v/Nkp/; w?B/iw?AN f;;Nw Bkb ikD-gSkD v/Nk wkvb 7a ;wZf;nk dk ;[ bMkT[Dk n?brkfoEw cb'ukoN ns/ fJ; d/ fuBQ cb'ukoN d/ YKu/ 8a b' r' G{fwek, b'r' dh Ù[o{nks, b'r' dh fgqfwfNt˜ nZmthA iwks n ZmthA 1a ezf gT{ No wÙhBK dk ftek; frDB, fj;kp bkT[D ns/ ezfgT{fNzr eoB tkbhnK wÙhBk dh Ù[o{nks ezfgT{NoK dk ftek; ezfgT{NoK dhnK i?Bo/ÙB˜ j'o fe;wK d/ ezfgT{No 2a jkovt/ no ns/ ;k¯Nt/ n o ezfgT{No ftu ;{uBk dk cb' ;hagha:{a e?p/BN d/ nzdo ezfgT{No GkÙktK GkÙk gfotose wÙhB ftubk eqw d' ;N/N b"fie Bkb ikD gSkD 3a (U$n? Ugo/ fNzr f;;Nw (U$n? ;) ikD gSkD
  • 22. 17 U$n?; dh G{fwek ;'qs w?B/io pZco; ;g{fbzr ;{uBk ftjkuesk bJh Ugo/fNzr f;;Nw 4a ;{ uBk ns/ ;zuko seBheh ikD-gSkD vkNk ;zuko ;zuko u?Bb B?Ntofezr ezfgT{NoK bJh b'VhAd/ ;kXB B?Ntoe N'g'b'ih ;zuko ns/ ;zgoesk dhnK ftXhnK ;zgoesk ;zuko T[geoD Jh-w/b B?Nhe[n?N; fBT{˜ro[g ekBco?Af;zr fJzNob?B u?fNzr ;k¯Nt/no T[skoBk 5a gq; s[ sh g? e /f i˜ ikD-gSkD gktog'nKfJN ;eohB sZs BthA gq;s[sh j'o ;bkfJvK tXkT[Dk fv˜kfJB N?Agb/N; gkto g'nKfJN ckfJb dk BK oyDk w"i{d gq;s[sh y'bQDk gq;s[sh ;/t eoBk
  • 23. 18 gkto g'nKfJN ftu ftGzB fdqÙ gq;s[sh fgqzN eoBk n?Bhw/ÙB ;bkfJv NoKf˜ÙB˜ N/pbi nkgDhnK ;bkfJvK ftu ukoN tosDk ;bkfJvK ftu d;skt/i dkyb eoB/ pDhnK pDkJhnK gq;s[shnK wbNhwhvhnk ;zrhs ns/ nktk˜ d/ gqGkt tXkT[D/ t?p g/i d/ s'o s/ gq;s[sh ;/t eoBk 6a vkNk p/ ; gq p zX vkNkp/; dk gqpzX-vkNkp/; gqpzX f;;Nw vkNkp/; dh ;KG ;zGkb ns/ gqpzX cke;gq'n vkNkp/; okjhA ezw eoBk vkNkp/; pDkT[Dk vkNkp/; ckfJbK y'bQDk ns/ pzd eoBk vkNkp/; N/pb dh pDso pdbDk vkNkp/; N/pb ftu foekov iwK eoBk cke;gq'n ftu'A fBebDk vkNkp/; N/pb ftu'A foekov d/yDk vkNkp/; N/pb ftu'A foekov bGDk fe;/ tyoh ckfJb ftu'A j[D/ y'bQh vkNkp/; ckfJb ftu foekov gkT[Dk vkNkp/; N/pb d/ foekov pdbD/ vkNkp/; N/pb SkNDk vkNkp/; N/pb ftu'A foekov jNkT[Dk jNkJ/ foekovK Bz{ pjkb eoBk$nDk;ze/fss eoBk
  • 24. 19 7a ;go? vÙhN ikD-gSkD fJb?eNo'fBe ;go?vÙhN MS-Excel 8a gq ' rokfwzr ;zebg gqpzX ;zebg gqpzX ftek; gqpzX ftek; ihtB uZeo N{b ns/ d;skt/i dh :'iBk n?o/i ns/ n?o/i T[s/ nwb B'N L ;oeko dhnK jdkfJsK nB[;ko, dkybk ;kb 2009 s'A ezfgT{No ;kfJz; dk ftÙk S/th s'A pkoQthA Ùq/Dh bJh gVBk bkiwh ehsk frnk W fiBQK ;e{bK ftu fgeN; tZb'A gfjbK jh fJj bkiwh ftÙ/ ti'A gVkfJnk ik fojk W T[E/ T[j jh gkm-eqw ukb{ oj/rk. fijBK ;e{bK ftZu gfjbh tko fJj ftÙk bkr{ ehsk frnk W, T[BQK ;e{bK d/ ftfdnkoEhnK bJh T[go dZf;nk gkm-eqw bkr{ j't/rk. B' N L gqh-t'e/ÙBb d/ gkm-eqw ;w?;NotkfJ˜ tzv tZyo/ s"o s/ G/ih ikt/rh. D. STRUCTURE OF QUESTION PAPERS OF ELECTIVE SUBJECTS FOR QUESTION PAPERS CARRYING 30 MARKS (THEORY) EACH (EXCEPT THOSE SPECIFIED AT*) Time : 2 hours THEORY M. Marks : 30 In all eight questions will be set from the prescribed syllabus. Candidates will attempt any five questions out of these. Every question will carry six marks. A question may have two or more parts. The questions will be evenly distributed from the syllabus. FOR QUESTION PAPERS CARRYING 80 MARKS (THEORY) EACH The structure of question paper having 80 marks precedes the syllabus of that particular subject. * SUBJECTS HAVING 80 MARKS THEORY ARE : GROUP TRADE SUBJECT Business & Commernce Accountancy and Auditing a. Principles of Business -do- and Economics b. Book Keeping and
  • 25. 20 Accountancy Engineering & Technology Engineering Drawing and – Work Calculation Drafting Computer Techniques – Mathematics & Statistics Humanities & Others Commercial Art Technical Theory of Commercial Art E. STRUCTURE OF QUESTION PAPERS OF ELECTIVE SUBJECTS (PRACTICAL) FOR ALL QUESTION PAPERS CARRYING 50 MARKS EACH (EXCEPT THOSE SPECIFIED AT*) Time : 3 hours (PRACTICAL) M. Marks : 50 Distribution of marks will be as follows : (i) Practical note book/sessional work/visits/project work 10 marks (ii) Viva-Voce 5 marks (iii) Actual performance 35 marks No.1 MAJOR PRACTICAL (20 Marks) In all three practicals will be asked from the prescribed syllabus. Student will be asked to choose any two out of these. The Practical examiner will ask the student to perform any one practical out of the two chosen by him. No.2 MINOR PRACTICAL (15 Marks) In all three practicals will be asked from the prescribed syllabus. Student will be asked to choose any two out of these. The examiner will ask the candidate to perform any one practical out of the two chosen by him. FOR QUESTION PAPERS CARRYING 80 MARKS (PRACTICAL) EACH : The Structure of question paper having 80 marks precedes the syllabus of that particular subject. *SUBJECTS HAVING 80 MARKS PRACTICAL ARE : GROUP TRADE SUBJECT Engineering and Mechanical servicing (Genl.) Engineering Drawing Technology Humanities & Others Commercial Art a. Commercial Art & Drawing b. Design and Lay-out
  • 26. 21 F. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO THE PAPER SETTERS 1. The paper should be strictly from the prescribed syllabus and according to guidelines given under the 'structure of question paper'. 2. The language should be simple and to the mental level of the students. 3. The standardized form of the Technical Terminology should be used. 4. The questions in the paper should be evenly distributed throughout the syllabus. 5. There will not be any objective type question like Yes or No/ Tick or cross/ Fill in the Blanks/Multiple choice etc. 6. Due weightage should be given to numerical problems wherever required. PRACTICAL 1. The question paper will be set on the spot by the practical examiner himself. 2. A group of students should be examined in a three hour session. 3. Separate question paper should be set for each group. G. ON-THE-JOB TRAINING Time : 3 weeks M. Marks : 60 INTRODUCTION : On-the-job training is an essential component of effective Vocational Education and Training. The Heads of Vocational Schools have to play a vital role in this regard. IDENTIFICATION OF TRAINING CENTRE : The Head of the institution will identify the Training Centres in consultation with liaison agencies and local community. Any reputed Industrial Organisation/Workshop/Office/Shop situated in the neighbourhood of the school can be the training centre. GROUPING OF STUDENTS : After the identification of Training Centres the Head of school will group the students under the guidance of a group incharge, the concerned vocational master. There should not be more than 10 students in a group. DURATION : On-the-job training will be for three weeks in all. It can be conducted at more than one centre depending upon the facilities available at the training centers. The schedule may be framed by the Head of the school in consultation with the competent authority of the training centre/s.
  • 27. 22 EVALUATION : The competent authority at the training centre will evaluate the conduct, work, aptitude, gained experience, efficiency etc. of the student and will issue the training certificate on the Performance Sheet. PREPARATION OF AWARD LIST : On the basis of the training, certificate marks will be allotted to the student by the group incharge. Training certificates of the students should not be sent to the Board. These may be issued to the students after the declaration of their result by the Head of School. I. AGRICULTURE GROUP (i) Horticulture PAPER-I FUNDAMENTALS OF HORTICULTURE Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Definition, imporatance and scope of horticulture. 2. Branches of horticulture, classification, distribution of horticulture crops and horticulture zones of India. 3. Climatic factors, plant growth and development including effects of adverse climatic conditions and their management. 4. Soil as a media of plant growth including effects of soil conditions. 5. Propagation-types and methods of propagation, propagation structures, tools and equipment, media and containers. 6. Propagation through seed and factors affecting viability of seeds. 7. Principles of seed production. Semester-II 8. Nursery raising, preparation of bed,seed sowing, protection, hardeing, lifting and packing of seedlinas. 9. Asexual propagation and its importance, propagation by cutting, layering, grafting, budding and their types. 10. Propagation of plants by specialized structures- bulbs, corms, tubers, rhizomes, runners, slips stolans, suckers and their types. 11. Handling of nursery plants, display, marketing and economics of nursery business. 12. Selection of site, land development including fencing and windbreaks and planting. 13. Nutrition of horticultural crops. 14. Irrigation in horticultural crops. 15. Training and pruning of horticultural crops.
  • 28. 23 16. Plant protection in horticultural crops. 17. Methods of communication and transfer of technology. PAPER-I FUNDAMENTALS OF HORTICULTURE Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 30 1. Survey and selection of site for horticultural crops. 2. Study of garden tools and implements. 3. Collection and analysis of soil and water samples. 4. Study of material and plants required for fencing. 5. Visit to nursery and selection of healthy, true to the type planting material. Note : Semester-I Practical No. 1,2,3,4,5,8, and 11. 6. Preparation of nursery beds. 7. Practicing the lifting and transplanting of plants. 8. Study of different types of fertilizers, manures and bio fertilizers. 9. Study of symptoms of deficiency of nutrients in horticultural crops. 10. Methods of irrigation including drip and sprinkler in an orchard. 11. Use of different kinds of mulches in horticultural crops. 12. Training and pruning in horticultural crops. 13. Study of seeds and seed germination including pre-sowing treatments. 14. Study of specialized methods in propagation like, runners, suckers, offshoots, tubes, bulbs and their planting. 15. Propagation through cuttings and layering, leaf shoot, root cuttings, gootee, ground layering using different plant species. 16. Practice of different methods of grafting and budding in roses. Note : Semester –II Practical No. 6,7,10,12,13,14,15, and 16 PAPER-II FRUIT PRODUCTION Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Importance and present status and future scope of fruit industry in India. Nutritive value of fruits. Fruit production as an economic propostion. 2. Classification of fruit crops based on climatic requirements and fruit growing zones in Punjab. 3. Selection of site for fruit crops. 4. Layout and planting systems for fruit crops.
  • 29. 24 Semester-II 5. Commercial cultivation of major fruit crops with special reference to their origin, climate, soil varieties, propagation, planting, training, pruning nutrition, interculture, irrigation, weed control, plant protection, harvesting, grading, storage and marketing of; Mango, papaya, sapota, citrus fruits, guava, grape, litchi, ber, pomegranate, amla, pear, peach phalsa, Mamun PAPER-II FRUIT PRODUCTION Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1. Visit to an orchard, study of features and identification of fruits crops. 2. Lay out of orchards by different systems of planting. 3. Digging of pits, refilling the pits for planting of important fruit crops. 4. Raising of seedings of fruit crops. 5. Planting of fruit trees. Semester-II 6. Methods of training and pruning of fruit crops. 7. Application of manures and fertilizers for fruit crops. 8. Identification and control of insect pest-mango/guava/citrus/pear/peach and ber. 9. Identification and control of diseases in important fruit crops. 10. Study of special problems like malformation in mango/citrus decline. 11. Grading and packaging of fruits. 12. Organoleptic evaluation of cultivars of fruit crops. PAPER-III VEGETABLE PRODUCTION Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Importance of vegetables and their role in human diet. 2. Present status and future scope of vegetable production in Punjab. 3. Classification of vegetables based upon climate zone parts used in food, cultural practices. 4. Types and system of vegetable growing including protected cultivation and cropping sequence. Type of vegetable garden, kitchen garden and market gardens. 5. Nursery raising for vegetables crops.
  • 30. 25 Semester-II 6. Commercial cultivation of the following in respect to climate, soil, varieties, planting method, irrigation, weed control, plant protection, harvesting and grading: Tomato, brinjal, chilli, okra, watermelon, muskmelon, cucumber, gourds, potato, onion, garlic, pea, cauliflower, cabbage, radish, carrot, spinach, lettuce vegetables of local importance. 7. Seed production in important vegetable crops like tomato, cauliflower, chilli, peas, onion, radish, watermelon and potato. PAPER-III VEGETABLE PRODUCTION Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 1. Visit to vegetable farms and identification of vegetable crops. 2. Identification of various vegetable seeds. 3. Lay out and soil sterilization for vegetable nurseries. 4. Use of manure and fertilizers for important vegetable crops. 5. Hardening of nursery seedlings. 6. Study of nutrient deficiency symptoms in important vegetable crops. 7. Interculture operations like hoeing, earthing and staking in vegetables. 8. Weed control in vegetable crops. 9. Identification of important diseases of vegetable and their control. 10. Visit to a vegetable seed production farm and seed processing unit. 11. Grading and packaging of vegetable crops. Note : Semester – I Practical No. 1,2,3,4, and7 Semester - II Practical No. 5,6,8,9,10 and 11. (ii) AGRI BUSINESS PAPER-I ELEMENTS OF AGRICULTURE Semester-I Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 1. Definition of agriculture, its scope and importance, common agricultural, horticultural crops, factors affecting crop production. 2. Soil and water in relation to plant growth. 3. Types of soils, soil fertility, saline and alkaline soils. 4. Critical stages of crops for irrigation, methods of irrigation, water conveyance. 5. Characteristic features of rainted and dryland agriculture. 6. Definition of manures and fertilizer, role in crop production.
  • 31. 26 7. Principles and practices of integrated nutrient management (INM), use of bio- fertilizers. Semester-II 8. Crop production practices including soil and water requirement of crops selection of crops according to seasons, field and seed bed preparation, seed treatment, sowing, planting and intercultivation practices, weeds and weed management/control. 9. Seed its development and multiplication. 10. Importance of pest and diseases management. Common diseases and pests of important crops. Common insecticides, fungicides, acaricides, rodenticide, nematicides and antibiotics and their uses. 11. Integrated pest and disease management. 12. Familiarization, handling, calibration and use of common farm machinery and implements and safety precautions. 13. Methods of drying-open drying, solar drying, natural drying and mechanical drying. 14. Traditional and modern storage structures. Storage conditions for different agricultural produce and control of stored grain pest. 15. Processing of produce-shelling cleaning, grading, mixing and packaging methods. 16. Role of livestock's and poultry in economy. PAPER-I ELEMENTS OF AGRICULTURE Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1 Visit to an observatory to familiarize with weather recording instruments. 2 Study of growth characters of important crops. 3 Study of deficiency symptoms of essential plant nutrients. 7 Seed treatment with fungicides and bacterial inoculant. 8 Preparation of compost. 9 Preparation of farm yard manure. 10 Identification of inorganic fertilizers. 11 Top dressing of chemical fertilizers. 12 Foliar application of fertilizers. Semester-II 13 Preparation of ideal seed bed for sowing. 4 Study of soil types. 5 Site visit to know about the use of sprinkler and drip irrigation systems.
  • 32. 27 6 Determination of irrigation requirement of crops and efficiency of irrigation. 7 Site visit to watershed development areas. 14 termination of seed germination. 15 Sowing of seeds. 16 Raising of seeding/plant materials. 18 Identification of insects for common crops. 19 Collection and preservation of insects. 21 Identification, collection and preservation of plant specimens infested by common insect-pests and diseases. 20 Preparation of pesticide and fungicide solution of required concentrations and their application. 24 Identification of stored grain pests and their prevention. 22 Study of different types of farms implements and their uses. 23 Calibration of various farm implements/tools. 25 Storage of seeds. 26 Study of different packaging equipment. PAPER-II INDTODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND COMPUTER APPLICATIONS Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I (A) BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 1. Business - Definition, characteristics, objectives, essentials of a successful business, various forms of business organization (meaning only), classification of business activities-Industry, Commerce, Trade - Aids to Trade, social responsibility of a business. 2. Management - Definition, scope, nature, levels of management and managerial skills. 3. Principles of Management. 4. Functions of Management • Planning - Meaning, types of plans, steps in planning, decision making – meaning, types of decisions, process/steps in decision - making. • Organisation - Line and staff of organization - meaning.
  • 33. 28 • Staffing - Manpower planning - meaning, objectives & importance, Recruitment and selection - meaning, Training and development - meaning and difference, need and importance. • Leading - Meaning, Leadership styles. • Motivation - Meaning, need and importance. • Communication – Meaning, types, process and barriers to effective communication. • Controlling – Meaning, controlling techniques and advantages. Semester-II (B) COMPUTER APPLICATIONS 1. Computer Fundamentals • What is a computer ? Block diagram of a Computer, Characteristics. Types of computers. • Data representation within computer - Bits, Bytes, EBCDIC, BCD, ASCII, number system. • Basic structure of computer - Input, Process, Output. • Memory - RAM, ROM, EPROM, DRAM, CACHE, CDROM. • Input Devices, Output Devices, Data Storage Devices. • Computer Languages. • Operating System- What is an operating system and Types of Operating System. 2. MS-DOS- Internal and External Commands • MS-WINDOWS-Introduction to Windows, Advantages of Windows, Control panel, Assessories, Overview. 3. MS-Office • MS-WORD- Starting MS-Word, Creating a Document, Operating a Document, Saving a Document, Editing Text, Formatting Text, Viewing Documents, Formatting Documents, Line spacing Paragraph spacing, Setting Tabs, Indenting Text, Aligning Text, Adding Headers and Footers. Numbering Pages. Inserting a Table, Proofing a Document. Spell-check utility, Printing a Document, Mail Merge, Use of Internet & sending of E-mails.
  • 34. 29 PAPER-II INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND COMPUTER APPLICATIONS Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I BUSINESS MANAGEMENT — Discussion with Agri-busines Managers about their management - one visit — Discussion with public administrator regarding the functioning - one visit of agri-business managers — Interviews of agri-business entrepreneurs relating to their social - one visit responsibilities. — Visit to two agri-business firms to learn about the planning process. — Interviews of agri-business managers to obtain information on - one visit decision-making process. — Selection of agri-business organization(s) for acquainting with - three selection process, training, development system and appraisat visit policies of personnel in the organization. — Interviews of two agri-business entrepreneurs to find out how - one visit they motivate their employees. — Visit to two agril. farms and interview the farmers about the - two visit communication problems they face in procuring agriculture inputs and selling agricultural products/commodities. — Visit to two agri-business organizations to study management - two visit techniques followed by them. — Selection of agri-business organizations to study how - two visit computers are used in the business and submit a report about how it differs from using computers in general business. Semester-II COMPUTER APPLICATIONS • Computer Fundamental - Checking the connectivity, peripherals of computer, booting (startup) the computer system. • MS-DOS - Execution of internal DOS commands, execution of external DOS commands, making directory, subdirectory using DOS commands, creating, copying, deleting, renaming files and directories using DOS commands, formatting floppy disks, backup commands, making tree structure. • Windows operation - Using mouse, study of different menus available in windows, creating, copying, deleting and renaming operations through windows.
  • 35. 30 • MS-Word - Loading a Software, creating and opening a document moving, copying, deleting, making block, undeleting a text and fonts managemnt, printing, spell check, mail merge, export and import utilities. Paper-III BOOK KEEPING & FARM PLANNING Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Introduction: Meaning, nature and scope of accounting. Basic concepts and conventions of accounting principle. Double entry system. Advantages of book keeping and accounting, limitations of accounting. 2. Accounting Records : Preparation of journal, Ledger, Cash book, types of cash books, Single column cash book; Double column cash book, Triple column cash book, Bank cash book, petty cash book; Practical problems. 3. Subsidiary Books : Needs and use of subsidiary journal and sub-journals. Purchase book, Trade discount, Sales book, Purchase Returns book, Debit Note, Sales return book, Credit Note, Practical Problems. Semester-II 4. Final Accounts : Procedure for preparing Trial balance, final accounts, trading account, Profit & loss account Balance sheet; Practical Problems. 5. Methods of Valuation : Depreciation, methods of computing depreciation. 6. Farm Planning : Budgeting, techniques of farm planning, farm budgeting, steps in farm planning and budgeting, farm plans. BOOK KEEPING & FARM PLANNING Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1 Survey of Book-keeping practices followed in Agri-business. 2 Preparation of Journal book. 3 Posting in Ledger. 4 Record of entries in Cash book.
  • 36. 31 5 Preparation of Petty cash book. 6 Preparation of Purchase book. 7 Preparation of Sales book. 8 Preparation of Purchase return book. 9 Preparation of Sales return book. Semester-II 10 Preparation of Trial Balance. 11 Computation of Gross profit/Loss. 12 Computation of Net Profit/Loss. 13 Preparation of Balance Sheet. 14 Computation of Depreciation. 15 Preparation of Farm planning. 16 Preparation of budget. (iii) REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE OF POWER DRIVEN FARM MACHINERY PAPER-I BASIC WORKSHOP PRATICES Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I General • Imporatance of safety precautions in a workshop. • Introduction to SI units fundamental and derived units. • Common workshop hand tools, measuring tools and their application. Spanners, socket set, Allen head key wrenches, pliers, pipe and chain wrenches, punches and screw drivers. Linear measurement tools, angular measurement tools and gauges. • Properties and uses of common engineering materials such as cast iron, mild steel, high carbon steel, alloy steel, stainless steel, copper, brass, tin, gunmetal, bronze, white metal, alluninium wood, plastic and rubber. • Measurements of Electical paramities e.g. current, voltage, resistance, Power and Power factor. • Plumbing : Functions and specifications of common plumbing tools and asseceries (pipe dies, pipe ranches etc.). • Corrosion and its remedies. Fitting and Drilling • Functions and specifications of common handtools such as vices, hammers, files, chisel, reamers, taps and die sets and hand hacksaw.
  • 37. 32 • Drilling machines - parts and functions. Types of drill bits and applications. Smithy and Sheet Metal • Functions and specifications of smithy tools and accessories - blowers, furnace, anvils, swages plates, chisels, swage hammers, tongs, fuller's set, flattener, punches, takes, pokers, shovels and press scales. • Functions and specifications of common sheet metal tools and accessories - staker, hammers (wooden), snips, punches, grooves and chisels. Semester-II Welding • Arc and Oxy-acetylene welding • Functions and specifications of Arc welding equipment and accessories - welding transformer, electrodes, electrode holder, cables, cable connectors, cable lug, chipping hammer, earthing clamps, wire brush, helmet, screen safety goggles, hand gloves and apron. • Methods of arc welding, preparation for welding, proper selection of electrodes adustment/setting of current; welding defects; precautions in welding. Turning • Lathe: parts and functions of head-stock, bed, chuck, tail-stock, lead screw, tool post, apron, dead centre, etc. • Applications of pointed edge, straight edge, sharpened edge, facing, rought, left hand, right hand round nose and knurling tools. • Different operations performed on a lathe - facing, plain turning, step turning, taper turning, knurling, threading, boring, etc. Grinding • Double ended power grinder : parts and functions. • Composition of grinding wheel material and grinding wheels specifications. Engineering Drawing • Recognition of objects from given pictorial view. (Blue Print Reading of Simple assemblies) PAPER-I BASIC WORKSHOP PRACTICES Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I Materials • Identification of common engineering materials with regard to type, size and specifications- cost iron, mild steel, high carbon steel, alloy steel, stainless steel, copper, brass, tin, gunmetal, bronze, white metal, aluminium, etc.
  • 38. 33 • Simple demonstration of physical properties of materials malleability, ductility, brittleness, hardness, etc. Fitting • Hack sawing of solid and hollow material (pipes), straight and cross filling. • Preparing jobs involving filling, chipping, drilling and tapping/threading. • Preparation of a job by fitting a square piece. Smithy and Sheet Metal • Preparing jobs involving heating, drawing, upsetting and bending. • Preparing useful articles involving making, cutting, bending, riverting and soldering. (Ex. Preparing funnel). Semester-II Plumbing • Preparing jobs involving cutting, threading, bending and joining with simple pipe fittings. • Attending actual jobs of plumbing in institutional areas. Welding, Arc and OXY acetetyne • Preparing jobs having butt joint, arc and gas. • Preparing jobs having lap joint, arc and gas. • Preparing jobs having T-joing, arc. • Preparing jobs having corner joint, arc. • Preparing useful jobs such as tables, stools and racks. Turning • Holding a job, its centring and facing; preparing a job involving simple turning, step turning, taper turning threading and knurling. • Grinding of lathes tools. Engineering Drawing • Reading of simple blue print. • To read given drawing of simple object. Part-II IRRIGATION, HARVESTING & TUBEWELL TECHNOLOGY Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I Irrigation and Tubewells : • Methods of irrigation and laying of irrigation channels and pipes in relation to types of soil and topography of the field.
  • 39. 34 • Type of Pumps, principles of operation, constructional details and application of centrifugal pumps & submersible pumps. • Estimation of heads, discharge and power requirement of a pump-set. • Fundamentals of electricity, units of measurement and different meters. Semester-II • Types of diesel engines and electric motors for pumping sets. Sefety precautions while handling electrical appliances including motors. Trouble shooting & maintenance of diesel engines. Types of tubewells, selection of sites, drilling methods, installation of pumping sets. Rain water irrigation Harvesting : • Functions and Materials of construction of harvesing devices-sickle, reaper, combine, potato & groundnut digger. Threshing : • Functions & materials of construction of wheat thresher, different types of threshing cylinders and their adjustments. • Safe use of threshers & storage. IRRIGATION, HARVESTING & TUBEWELL TECHNOLOGY Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I • Demonstration of different methods of irrigation. • Identification of different types of pumps and their parts. • Dismantling & assembling of centrifugal pump. • Installation of pump, prime mover, fitting of pipes, valves, pulleys and checking for correct alignment; priming, gland packing, operation and trouble shooting of centrifugal pump sets, periodical servicing. • Dismantling of submersible pump, materials of construction of different components and maintenance. Semester-II • Practice in the use of voltmeter, ammeter and megger. • Introduction to different types of tubewells. • Diesel engine, operations, adjustment and overhauling. . Harvesting (1) Demonstration and warking of combine Harvester (2) Use at Reaper (3) Working of potato digger (material of construction)
  • 40. 35 (4) Working of groundnut digger (material of construction) . Threshing (1) Demonstration of working of wheat thresher. Paper-III CROP PRODUCTION MACHINERY Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I Tillage • Functions, types and implements for Primary and Secondary tillage. Primary Tillage • Mouldboard plough : Types-one way, two way; parts-share, mould board, land side, frog etc. material of construction, accessories and their functions, jointer coulter, furrow wheel; adjustments of plough-horizontal suction and vertical suction; setting of coulter and jointer. • Disc plough : Types, parts and function-disc, frame, bearing, scraper, adjustment of disc and tilt angles. Secondary Tillage and Interculture • Harrows : types; parts, materials of construction and functions, adjustment of gang angle and leveling of harrow. • Cultivators; types; parts, materials of construction and functions. • Clod crushers, levellers and bund former: types, parts materials of construction and functions. • Rotavators, parts, materials of construction and functions and safety measures. • Zero Tillage. Seeding Machinery • Methods of sowing – broadcasting, dibbling, seed dropping behind the plough, drilling hill, dropping, check sowing and transplanting. • Seed drills; plain drills and seed-cum-fertiliser drills, various parts, materials of construction and their functions; types of seed metering devices, types of furrow openers; ground wheel drive, calibration of a seed drill. • Planters; types, parts, materials of construction and functions. • Types of metering devices; setting up of planter for row and plant spacing. • Working principle of transplants.
  • 41. 36 Semester-II Harvesting Machinery • Reaper windrower. • Types of tractors and power tiller operated reaper windrowers. • Constructional details of reaper windrower, unctions of parts and material of constructions and adjustments. • Safety precautions. • Common faults and corrective measures. Combine Harvestors • Constructional details and functions of different sub-assemblies of tractor power take off shaft (P.T.O.) driven and self-propelled combine harvestors. • Adjustments in reel,cutter bar, conveyor, threshing unit, separating and cleaning unit, grain augers and begging units; power transmission mechanism, hydraulic and electrical systems. • Care, maintenance offseason storage and safety precautions. • Common faults and corrective measures. • Familiarisation and identification of different sub-assemblies and components, material of construction and functions of combine harvesters. • Adjustment, care, maintenance and safety precautions. • Common faults and remedies. • Straw Reaper Threshing Machinery • Types of power threshers, working principles and constructional details. • Different types of threshing cylinders and their adjustments. • Types of cleaning & grain handling systems & their adjustments. • Care, maintenance and safety precautions. • Common faults and corrective measures. • Dismantling of power thresher, identification of different components, material of construction, checking of damaged/worn out parts, their reconditioning repair and/or replacement & assembly. • Installation, adjustment & commissioning of a power thresher. • Safety precautions. • Common faults and trouble shooting. • Plant Protection Equipment (Type of sprayers and dusters), uses and safely precautions.
  • 42. 37 Paper : III CROP PRODUCTION MACHINERY Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I Tillage and Interculture • Familiarisation with different agricultural machinery. • Identification of different part of mould board plough and materials of construction; dismantling of mouldboard plough, reconditioning/replacement of damaged/worm-out parts; assembling of different parts of mould board plough; adjustments of horizontal and vertical sucions; adjustments of depth, width, coulter, jointer and furrow wheel, servicing of mouldboard plough after use. • Identification of different part of disc plough, materials of construction of various parts; dismantling of disc plough; recontitioning/replacement of damaged/worn-out parts; assembling of different parts of disc plough; adjustments of disc & tilt angles; adjustments of depth, width & furrow wheel. • Identification of different part of disc-harrows and cultivators, materials of construction of various parts; dismantling reconditioning/replacement of damaged/worm-out parts; assembling and various adjustment. • Identification of different part of rotavators & rotary tilters, materials of construction of various parts, dismantling of disc plough; reconditioning/ replacement of damaged/worm-out parts; assembling and lubrication, checking of damage to safety guards and their repair. Seeding and Planting • Identification of different part of a seed cum ferfiliser drill; materials of construction of various parts; adjustment of furrow opener and reconditioning/replacement of damaged/worm-out parts of the seed-cum-fertiliser drills; dismantling of seed and fertilizer metering mechanisms and study of parts. • Calibration of a seed-cum-fertiliser drill in a shop; servicing and maintenance after its use. • Identification of different parts of planters-materials of construction, adjustments of furrow-opener and reconditioning/replacement of damaged /worm-out parts; familiarization with different types of furrow openers, selection of proper seed plates, distance gear and their fitting, adjustment of land markers; servicing and maintenance of after use. • Familiarsation with transplants.
  • 43. 38 Semester-II Reeper Windrower • Identification of different parts and components and materials of construction of a reaper windrower. Carrying out adjustments of cutter bar, registration and alignment, overload protection safety clutch, operation care and maintenance. • Dismantling, checking, reconditioning, replacement of different reaper components and assembly. • Trouble shooting. • Types of Sprayers and Dusters and precautions to be observed while operating. Semester II Combine Harvestor (Prectical) Paper-II 1 Dismantling abd identification of different parts of combine Harvestor Threshing Machinery 1) Dismantling and indentification of different parts of power thresher 2) Dismantling and identification of different parts of Reapes. II BUSINESS AND COMMERCE GROUP (i) OFFICE SECRETARYSHIP Modern Office Practices - II Paper-I Time : 2 hrs. Theory M. Marks : 30 Semester-I Part I Unit-I Introduction Meaning and Evolution of Modern Office. Functions of an Office, Place of an Office in a Modern Business Organization. Concept of Office Management, Departments of a Large Office, Role and Qualities of a Modern Office Manager. Unit-II Office Machines Meaning & Relevance of Office Automation Types of Machines : Typewriter, electronic typewriter, duplicating machines, calculating machines, fax machines, punching card machines, franking machines, cheques writing machines, telephones, telex and teleprinters, envelope addressing machines, zerox machines and other machines of routine character e.g. stapler, envelope opener, punching machines etc. Computer-Hardware (Basics) and Software (MS Office-MS Word, MS Excel, MS Power Point), Types and use of printers, scanners, copies and other appliances.
  • 44. 39 Semester-II Part II Unit-III Office Record Management Meaning and features of record management, Filling; Charateristics of a good filing system: Classification of records for filling (Alphabetic, Numeric etc.) Modern methods: vertical, horizontal, lateral and suspension; equipment; types of files; filing routine, disposal of obsolete documents; indexing; importance; types. Page index; card index; strip index; rotary index; Micro filing; merit and demerits; types roll film, fiche, jackets etc. Meaning of electronic filing, Data Storage Management. Procedure for Inward and Outward mailing: Diary register, Dispatch register, peon book. Unit-IV Office Accounting and services Introduction to elements of book-keeping and accounts, journal, ledger, trial balance. Cash book, petty cash book and their maintenance, Banking operation e.g. types of accounts, opening of account, overdraft, cheques, writing of cheques, crossing of cheques, endorsement of cheques, bank drafts, travelers cheques and withdrawals and deposits in bank accounts. PRACTICAL Time : 3 hrs. M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1. Student will be imported practical knowledge regarding basics of computers, operation of office machines. Semester-II 2. Creating presentation with Power Point, working with slides in Power Point, creating, editing, formatting, Microsoft Word document, Creating Tables in Microsoft word; Creating editing and formatting worksheets in Microsoft Excel, working with data in Microsoft Excel. SHORTHAND-ENGLISH Paper-II Theory Time : 2 hrs. M. Marks : 30 Semester-I Part I 1. Evolution, development, scope and importance of Shorthand. 2. Consonant-definition, stokes, difference between stroke Chay and Ray, Joining of strokes. 3. Vowels-definition, vowel sounds, places and value of vowel signs.
  • 45. 40 4. Alternative signs of the consonant R & H. Value of H tick and H dot. 5. Use of Diphthongs, Triphones and their signs. Semester-II Part-II 6. Abbreviated W (semi circle). 7. Gramalogues, phraseography 8. Circle S and Z, sw,ss,sz, loop st & str. 9. Use of initial and final hooks, alternative signs of hooked strokes, circle and loop with initial and final hooks- 'shun' and 'sh' upward. 10. Halving Principle and doubling principle. SHORTHAND-ENGLISH Practical Time : 3 hrs. M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1. Students are to pick up a speed of 60W.P.M. They will be dictated a Para of 150 words, they are to franscribe it within 15 minutes on type writer. Semester-II 2. Students will be dictated another Para of 150 words which they are to transcribe within 15 minutes on type writer. 3. Sessional work-A file of at least 100 pages will be prepared by the students during the session. o- g/g o-II v- ÙkoNj?A v-gz ikph gkm- gkm- eq w ;wK L 2 xzN/ fbysh gqhfynk eZ[b nze L 30 Gkr- Gkr-I Semester-I 1a ÙkoNj?Av dh T[Zsgsh, ftek;, y/so ns/ wjZssk. 2a ftnziB-gfoGkÙk, ftnziB o/yktK, u$o ftZu nzso, ;No'eK dk nkg; ftZu i'VBk.
  • 46. 41 3a ;to-gfoGkÙk, GkohnK s/ jbehnK ;[oK, gfjb/, d{i/ ns/ shi/ ;EkB d/ ;to fuzBQK dh tos'A, bkJhB nB[;ko ÙpdK$;No'eK dk fbyD ;EkB. 4a pdb o/yktK-o$V, b, j, ftnziB o/yktK d/ pdbt/A o{g, “j” fNZe ns/ “j” vkN (fpzdh). 5a ;z:[es ;to, ftÙokw fuzB, fpzdh, fNZgh dk gq:'r. Gkr- Gkr- II Semester-II 6a “t” bJh nZXk uZeo 9 (;?wh-;oeb). 7a Ùpd fuzBQ, ftÙokw fuzB, fpzdh, fNZgh dk gq:'r. 8a S'Nk$tZvk uZe$bx{ dh tos'A ns/ ikDekoh. 9a nkozGe ns/ nzsw jZ[eK dk gq:'r, jZ[e bZrhnK ;No'eK d/ pdbt/A o{g, nkozGe s/ nzsw jZ[eK Bkb uZeo d/ b{g dh tos'A. ÙB jZ[e 10a ftnziB o/yktK dk nZX eoB ns/ dZ[rDk-eoB dk f;XKs. gq:'rh gqhfynk ;wK L 3 xzN/ eZ[ b nze L 50 Semester-I 1a 150 ÙpdK dk fJZe g?ok, 60 Ùpd gqsh fwzN dh o¯sko Bkb (YkJh fwzNK ftZu) fbytkfJnk ikt/rk. fJ; dk fbZgh nzsoD NkJhg wÙhB okjhA 15 fwzN ftZu eoBk j't/rk. Semester-II 2a 150 ÙpdK dk fJZe j'o g?ok, 60 Ùpd gqsh fwzN dh o¯sko Bkb fbytkfJnk ikt/rk. gqhfynkoEh fJ; dk th fbZgh nzsoD NkJhg wÙhB okjhA 15 fwzNK ftZu wqezwb eoDr/. 3a f;ybkJh d"okB ftfdnkoEh tb'A ÙkoNj?Av fbyh B'N-p[Ze ns/ NkJhg wÙhB d[nkok fbZgh nzsoB ehs/ ezw dh xZN'-xZN 100 gzfBnK dh ckJhb fsnko ehsh ikt/. isij&II 'kkVZgSaM (fgUnh) fyf[kr ijh{kk Semester-I le; % 2 ?kaVs Hkkx&I vf/dre vad % 30 1- 'kkVZgSaM dh mRifr] fodkl] {ks=k vkSj egRoA 2- O;atu&ifjHkk"kk] O;atu js[kk] p@j esa varj] lVjksdksa dks vkil esa tksMukA
  • 47. 42 3- Loj&ifjHkk"kk] Hkkjh vkSj gYdh lqjksa] lqjksa ds LVªksd ds chp rhljs LFkku ds Loj fpUg dk iz;ksx] iafDr;ksa ds vuqlkj 'kCnksaA LVjksdksa dks fy[kus dh txgA 4- cnyus okyh js[kk,a& j@M@y@g O;atu js[kkvksa ds cnys :i ^g* fVd vkSj ^g* Mk¡VA 5- la;qDr Loj&ifjHkk"kk vkSj iz;ksxA Semester-II Hkkx&II 6- ^o* ds fy, vk/k pØ (lSeh ljdy)A 7- 'kCn fpß] fo'kjkw fpUg] fcUnh dk iz;ksxA 8- NksVk@cM+k pDdj@ywi dk iz;ksx o tkudkjhA 9- vkjEGk vkSj vafre gqdksa dk iz;ksx] gqd yxh gqbZ LVªksd ds cnys :i] vkjafHkd vkSj vafre gqdksa ds lkFk pDdj vkSj ywi ^'ku* ,ao ^'k* Åij okysA 10- vk/kdju vkSj nksxq.kk djus dk fl¼karA iz;ksxh ijh{kk le; % 3 ?kaVs vf/dre vad % 50 Semester-I 1- <kbZ (2½) feUV dk ,d iSjk tks 150 'kCnksa dk gksxk] tks 60 'kCn izfr feUV dh xfr ls fy[kk;k tk,xkA bldk fyfi&varju 15 feUVksa esa djuk gksxkA Semester-II 2- <kbZ (2½) feUV dk ,d vkSj iSjk tks fd 150 'kCnksa dk gksxk] bls Hkh 60 'kCn izfr feUV dh xfr ls fy[kk;k tk,xkA bldk Hkh fyfi&varju 15 feUVksa esa iwjk djuk gksxkA 3- fl[kykbZ ds :i esa lS'ku ds nkSjku ifj{kkFkhZ dh vkSj ls iwjs o"kZ esa fd;s x, dk;Z dh de ls de 100 i`"Bksa dh QkbZy rS;kj dh tk,xhA Paper-III TYPEWRITING-ENGLISH Syllabus Time : 2 hours M. Marks : 30 Semester-I Part-I 1. Type-writer-Introduction, importance; types-standard ad portable. 2. Care and upkeep of the typewriter, instruments for removing minor faults of typewriter, typewriter accessories. 3. Essential parts of typewriter and their functions.
  • 48. 43 4. Ribbon-Introduction. Need of changing ribbon , method of changing ribbon, care of ribbon. 5. Typing-Introduction, sifting posture, insertion of paper, fixing margins. 6. Methods of typing-touch and sight system. Part-II 7. Key-board practice, keyboard structure, different keys. Semester-II 8. Speed development and importance of accuracy in typing. 9. Punctuations and their use. 10. Errors and omissions in typing and their rectification. 11. How to type general letters/applications for different posts. Different forms of letters-private and government. Practical Time : 3 hrs M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1. Students are to pick up speed of 25 W.P.M. A para of 250 words will be given to students which they are to typed in 10 minutes. Semester-II 2. Typing a letter or application of at least 200 words for a post in 30 minutes. 3. Sessional work. A file of at least 100 pages will be prepared by students during the session. o- g/g o-III NkfJg okfJfNz r-gz i kph ;wK L 2 xzN/ eZ[ b nze L 30 Semester-I Gkr- Gkr-I 1a gzikph NkJhg wÙhB Bkb ikD-gSkD, wjZssk, wÙhBK dhnK fe;wK-;N?Avov, g'oN/pb. 2a NkJhg wÙhB dh ;zGkb, ;ckJh S'N/-w'N/ B[e; d{o eoB bJh ;k˜'-;wkB (n"˜ko). 3a NkJhg wÙhB d/ wZ[y Gkr s/ T[jBK dh tos'A. 4a fopB-ikD-gSkD, pdbD dh b'V, ftXh s/ ;KG-;zGkb. 5a NkJhg eoB ;zpzXh nkw tkech, p?mD dk Yzr, ekr˜ uVkT[Dk, jkÙhnk ;?N eoBk. 6a NkJhg eoB dhnK ftXhnK, gqsZy ns/ S'j gqDkbh.
  • 49. 44 Gkr- Gkr- II 7a eh-p'ov nfGnk;- eh p'ov YKuk, tZy-tZy eh˜ (Keys). Semester-II 8a ;kc, ÙZ[X ns/ s/ih Bkb NkJhg eoBk. 9a ftÙokw fuzBQ ns/ T[jBK dk NkJhfgzr ftZu gq:'r. 10a nÙZ[XhnK, GZ[bK ns/ T[jBK dk ;[Xko. 11a nkw ihtB ftZu ezw nkT[D tkb/ fpB?-gZso, tZy-tZy n;kwhnK bJh G/i/ ikD tkb/ fpB?- gZso, fBZih ns/ ;oekoh gZsoK d/ tZy-tZy Bw{B/. g? q eNheb ;wK L 3 xzN/ tZX s'A tZX nze L 50 Semester-I 1a gzikph NkJhg- gqhfynk bJh 250 ÙpdK dk fJZe g?oQK fdZsk ikt/rk, fi; Bz{ 10 fwzNK ftZu 25 Ùpd gqsh fwzN dh ocsko Bkb NkJhg eoBk j't/rk. Semester-II 2a tZy-tZy n;kwhnK bJh G/fink ikD tkbk fpB?-gZso iK nkw ihtB ftZu'A fbfynk ikD tkbk xZN'- xZN 20 ÙpdK dk ;XkoD gZso fdZsk ikt/rk. fijVk gqhfynkoEh 30 fwzNK ftZu'A NkJhg eo/rk. 3a ;kb d"okB ftfdnkoEh tZb'A NkJhg ezwK dh xZN'-xZN 100 gzfBnK dh ckJhb fsnko ehsh ikt/. isij&III VkbZi&jkbfVax (fgUnh) fyf[kr ijh{kk Semester-I Le; % 2 ?kaVs Hkkx&I vf/dre vad % 30 1- fgUnh VkbZi e'khu ds lkFk tku&igpku] egRo] e'khuksa dh fdLesa %& LVSaMªM ,ao iksjVscyA 2- VkbZi e'khu dh laHkky] lQkbZ] NksVs&NksVs uqDlksa dks Bhd djus ds fy, iz;ksx gksus okyk lkeku vkSj vkSt+kjA 3- VkbZi e'khu ds izeq[k Hkkx vkSj mudk iz;ksxA 4- fjcu&tku&igpku] cnyus dh t:jr fof/ vkSj laHkkyA 5- VkbZi e'khu lEcU/h tkudkjh&cSBus dk <ax] dkxt p<+kuk vkSj gkf'k;k lgh djukA 6- VkbZi djus dh fof/;ka& izR;{k (Sight) ,ao vizR;{k (touch) iz.kkyhA Hkkx&II 7- dh&cksZM vH;kl&dh&cksZM foHkktu] xkbZM dht+ (Keys)A
  • 50. 45 Semester-II 8- lkQ] 'kq¼ vkSj rhozrk (Speed) ds lkFk VkbZi djukA 9- fojke fpß vkSj mudk iz;ksxA 10- v'kqf¼;ka] xYrh;ka vkSj lq/kjA 11- vke thou ds iz;ksx okys i=k] vyx&vyx ukSdfj;ksa ds fy, Hksts tkus okys izkFkZuk i=kA iz;ksxh ijh{kk le; % 3 ?kaVs vf/dre vad % 50 Semester-I 1- fgUnh VkbZi ijh{kk ds fy, 250 'kCnksa dk ,d iSjk fn;k tk,xk ftls ijh{kkFkhZ 10 feuV esa VkbZi djsxkA Semester-II 2- vyx&vyx ukSdfj;ksa ds fy, Hksts tkus okys izkFkZuk i=k rFk vke thou esa fy[kk;k tkus okyk i=k fn;k tk,xk tks fo/kFkhZ dks 30 feuV esa VkbZi djuk gksxkA 3- iwjs o"kZ esa fo/kFkhZ }kjk fd, x, VkbZi dke dh de ls de 100 iUuksA dh QkbZy rS;kj dh tk,xhA (ii) ACCOUNTANCY & AUDITING Paper-I Modern Office Practices Time : 2 hrs. Theory M. Marks : 30 Part-A Unit-I Introduction • Meaning and Evaluation of Modern Office. Functions of an Office, Place of an office in a modern Business organization. Concept of Office Management, Department of a Large Office, Role and Qualities of a Modern Office Manager. Unit-II Office Machines Meaning & Relevance of Office Automation Types of Machines: Typewriter, electronic, typewriter duplicating machines, calculating machines, punching card machines, franking machines, cheque writing machines, telephones, telex and teleprinters, envelope addressing machines, zerox machines and other machines of routine character e.g. stapler, envelope opener, punching machines etc. Computer-Hardware (Basics) and Software (MS Office-MS Word, MS Excel, MS Power Point), Types and Use of Printers, Scanners, Copies and other appliances.
  • 51. 46 Part-B Unit-III Office Communication Meaning and Importance of Effective Communication. Ways of Communication: Verbal (Written, spoken) and non-verbal communication, Internal and External Communication - Their importance in different setting and their disadvantages. Tools of Communication : Letter, Telephone, Extension PBX, Intercom, facsimile, e-mail, video conferencing, etc. Postal Services: Different modes of sending letters, parcels, telegrams and packets, Courier, Speed post. Unit-IV Office Record Management Meaning and features of record managemnt, Filling : Characteristics of a good filling system: classification of records for filling (Alphabetic, Numeric, etc.) Modern methods; vertical, horizontal, lateral and Suspension; equipment; types of Files, filling routine; disposal of obsolete documents; indexing, importance, types-page index; card index; strip index; rotary index, Micro filling merit and demerits; types roll film, fiche, jackets, etc. Meaning of electronics filing, data storage management. Note : Semester –I (Unit-I, Unit-III) Semester-II (Unit-II, Unit-IV) PRACTICAL Time : 3 hrs M. Marks : 50 Student will be impared a practical knowledge regarding basics of computers, Operation of Scanner, Printer, Photocopiers, fax Machines and other office application Communication skills (Resume writing and applications of jobs). Creating presentation with Power Point, working with slides in Power Point; Creating, editing, formatting Microsoft Word document, Creating Tables in Microsoft word, Creating editing and formatting worksheets in Microsoft Excel, working with data in Microsoft Excel. Note Semester –I Communication skill, Resume writing and application for jobs. Semester-II Remaining pracitical exercise of semester-I
  • 52. 47 Paper II PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS Time : 3 hrs. Theory Max. Marks : 80 Part A Principle of Business Marks : 40 (i) Business-Definition, its nature, functions and importance. Component of Business-Commerce Industry and Trade. (ii) Forms of Organizations : Sole Trader, Partnership and Joint Stock Company, their features, advantages and disadvantages. (iii) Methods of Buying and Selling, Conditions of Purchase and Sale. (iv) Functions and Services of Whole sellers and Retailers, Direct Marketing, Tele Marketing, Internet Marketing. (v) Meaning of Bank, Functions of a bank, types of bank accounts, cheques, drafts, bills of exchange and promissory notes. (vi) Importance of transport; merits and demerits of different modes of transport. (vii) Communication : postal, telegraph and recent trends in communication, fax, internet, e-mail, video-conferencing. Part B Economics Marks : 40 (i) Definition and scope of Economics, the economic activities of man, subject matter of economics, fundamental concepts - wealth, goods,utility, value and price, consumption, human wants and their satisfaction, laws of diminishing and equi-marginal utility, demand, law of demand and elasticity of demand. Supply, law of supply and elasticity of supply. (ii) Production: Meaning and factors of production; Land and its productivity, Labour; Meaning, features of labour, division of labour, efficiency of labour, mobility of labour, Capital : Meaning and functions; Entrepreneurship: Meaning, features and significance. Note : Semester- I (Part A (i, ii and iii), Part-B (i) ) Semester-II (Part A (iv, v, vi and vii), Part-B (i) )
  • 53. 48 PAPER-III BOOK KEEPING AND ACCOUNTANCY Time : 3 hrs. Max. Marks : 80 PART-A Unit I Introduction to Accounting Accounting Meaning, Accounting as source of information, internal and external users of accounting information and their needs, Advantages and limitations of Accounting. Difference between book-keeping and Accountancy. Basic Accountancy terms - Asset, Liability, Capital, Expense, Income, Expenditure, Revenue, Debtor, Creditor, Goods, Cost, Gain, Stock, Purchase, Sale, Loss, Profit, Voucher, Discount : Cash and Trade discount, Transactions. Unit II Recording Businses transactions Voucher and Transactions : Origin of Transactions-Source Documents and Vouchers, Preparation of Vouchers, Accounting Equation Approach- Meaning and Analysis of transactions using Accounting equations, Rules of Debit and Credit. Recording of Transactions : Books of original entry : Journal, Special Purpose Books (a) Cash Books-Simple, Cash book with Bank column and Petty Cash book, (b) Purchase Book (c) Sales Book (d) Purchase Returns Book (e) Sale Returns book (f) Bills Receivable Book (g) Bills Payable Book. Unit III Trial Balance and Rectification of Errors Trial Balance : Meaning, Objective, Advantages and Methods of preparation. Errors : Types of Errors, Errors affecting Trial Balance, Errors not affecting Trial Balance. Detection and Rectification of Errors (One sided and two sides); Use of suspense Account. Unit IV Bank Reconciliation Statement Bank Reconciliation Statement: Meaning, Need and Preparation Correct Cash Balance. PART-B Unit V Accounting for Bills of Exchange Bills of Exchange and Promissory Note : Definition, Features, Parties, Specimen and Distinction. Important Terms : Term of Bill, Concept of Accommondation Bill, Days of Grace, Date of Maturity, Bill at Sight, Bill After Date, negotiation, Endorsement, Discounting of Bell, Dishonour, Retirement and Renewal of a Bill, Insolvency of a Acceptor.
  • 54. 49 Accounting treatment of Bill Transactions. Unit VI Depreciation of Assets. Depreciation : Meaning and need for charging depreciation, Factor affecting Depreciation, Methods of Depreciation-Straight Line Method, Written Down Value Method (Excluding change in method), Method of Recording Depreciation charging to Assets Account, Treatment of Disposal of Assets. Unit VII Financial statements Financial Statements : Meaning and Objectives. Distribution between Capital and Revenue Expenditure. Balance Sheet : Need, Grouping, Marshalling of Assets and Liabilities, Vertical Presentations of Financial Statements. Adjustments of Preparation of Financial Statements with Respect to Closing Stock, Outstanding Expenses, Prepaid Expenses, Accrued Income, Income Received in Advance, Depreciation, Bad Debts, Provision of Doubtful Debts, Provision of Discount on Debtors, Manager's Commission. Preparation of Trading and Profit & Loss Account and Balance Sheet of Sole Proprietorship. Unit VIII Auditing Origin of Auditing : Meaning and definition of Auditing : Function and objectives of Auditing. Qualities of an Auditor: Scope of Auditing; Advantages and Limitations of Auditing; Auditing in India. Note : Semester- I Part-A (Unit-I, Unit-II) , Part-B (Unit-III, Unit-IV) Semester-II Part-A (Unit-V, Unit-VI) , Part B (Unit-VII, Unit VIII) III HOME SCIENCE GROUP (i) FOOD PRESERVATION Paper-I FUNDAMENTAL OF FOOD PRESERVATION Time : 2 hrs. THEORY Max. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Our Food-Functions of food, basic food groups, sources & functions of various nutrients. 2. Food Preservation Industry-Its need, future scope and role in the economy of country with special reference to Punjab. 3. Effects of processing and storage on the nutritive value, colour, appearance, texture, flavour and overall acceptability of foods.
  • 55. 50 Semester-II 4. Post harvest technology for fruits and vegetables - surface coating, low temperature, maturity & ripening and deep freezing. 5. Food Additives-spices, preseratives flavours & colours - their properties and uses. 6. Study of (a) Simple equipments and their use-thermometer, gelmeter, hygrometer, salinometer and repractameter (b) Simple laboratory processes used in food industries- Pasteurization, homogenization, filtration, distillation, evaporation, condensation. 7. Study of pH, mode of detection and its role in food preservation. FUNDAMENTALS OF FOOD PRESERVATION PRACTICAL Time : 3 hrs M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1. Weights, measures and conversions. 2. a. Use of simple equipments used in the food industry such as thermometer, gel-meters, hygrometer, refractometer and salinometer. b. Simple processes like distillation, evaporation, condensation, pasteurization and homigenization. 3. Methods of increasing shelf life of perishable foods by surface coating and low temperature. Semester-II 4. Market surveys - a. Type of food available. b. Prices. c. Handling techniques (container, bags etc.) 5. Preparation and standardization of Normal Solutions. 6. Determination of acidity and alkalinity & pH. 7. Visit to orchard/market to observe stages of maturity of locally grown vegetables and fruits. 8. All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis and samples. Paper-II FOOD MICROBIOLOGY AND QUALITY CONTROL THEORY Time : 2 hrs. Max. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Elementary knowledge of Mould, Yeast & Bacteria, their advantage and disadvantages with reference to food.
  • 56. 51 2. Causes of food spoilage - Physical, Microbial and Enzymatic. 3. Control of Communication in preserved foods.] Semester-II 4. Food Poisioning - Causes & Control. 5. Effect of Heat & pH on Micro organisms. 6. Quality Control-Evaluation, methods, system and scope. a) Food standards & specifications - Food laws governing FPO, MFPO, PEA, ISI, Agmark, FSSA (Food safety & Standard Act). 7. Organo-Ieptic (Sensory) evaluation of foods. 8. Food Adulteration-common adulterants and simple detection techniques. FOOD MICROBIOLOGY AND QUALITY CONTROL PRACTICAL Time : 3 hrs M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1. Use of microscope, its parts, accessories and their use. 2. A visit to microbiological laboratory in the area and report writing for the same. 3. Method of preparing slides and use of simple stains. 4. Practical observation and identification of common organisms causing food spoilage. Semester-II 5. Simple techniques of detecting food adulteration. 6. Methods of detection of spoiled cans and care while consuming high pH foods. 7. Fermentation techniques for juices and beverages. 8. Determination of total soluble solids by refractometer - hygrometer salinometer and gel meter etc. 9. Determination of salt in food products by chemical analysis. 10. Market survey for consumer awareness regarding Quality Control and labels. All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis and samples. Paper-III FOOD PRESERVATION TECHNIQUES THEORY Time : 2 hrs. Max. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Food Preservation - Definition, importance, principles and methods of food preservation. 2. Preservation by salting, Brining, Curing and Pickling. 3. Preservation by sugar-principles involved in jams, jellies, marmalades, preserve, glazed, Crystallized. 4. Preservation by Chemical-class I and class II preservatives.
  • 57. 52 Semester-II 5. Refrigeration and freezing-advantages and disadvantages, storage and spoilage. 6. Sun drying and dehydration-principles involved, factors affecting drying, types of dehydrators, dehydration & rehydration ratios. 7. Preservation by alcoholic, acetic and lactic acid fermentation in foods and their importance in the diet. 8. Advanced methods of preservation: (i) Irradiation. (ii) Antibiotics. (iii) Controlled atmospheric storage. 9. Pectin-Properties, uses and grades. FOOD PRESERVATION TECHNIQUES Paper-III PRACTICAL Time : 3 hrs. Max. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1. Preparation, Organo leptic Evaluation and costing of the following as per seasonal availability. a) Pickles b) Jams & Marmalade c) Sauces, Ketchup, Chutneys. Semester-II d) Fruit Juices, Squash, Crush, Cordial, RTC beverages, Sweetened Juices, fruit & Synthetic Syrups & Fruit Toffees. e) Pappad & Varian. 2. Sundrying of seasonal Vegetables & Calculating their dehydration and rehydraion ratio. 3. Visit to Cold Store & Food processing industry & report writing for the same. All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis and samples. (ii) Commercial Garment Designing & Making Paper-I TEXTILE SCIENCE (COMMON FOR ALL THE TEXTILE BASED COURSES) THEORY Time : 2 hrs. Max. Marks : 30 1. Fibres - Introduction to Textiles Fibres, classification and description of various textile fiblres (Natural, manmade and synthetic), Physical and Chemical properties for identification, use and care.
  • 58. 53 2. Yarn - Types of Yarns - simple, novelty and textured yarns. 3. Weaves - Introduction to different types of weaves. (not for the students of knitting technology). Introduction to different types of knittings (For Knitting technology students only). 4. Dyes - Introduction to dyeing, classification of dyes as per their application - Natural, Direct, Acidic, Basic, sulphur Indigosol/soluble vat, Reactive, Disperse Nephathol or Azoic, chrome, Oxidation dyes and Pigment colours. 5. Finishes - Purpose, types & understanding the effect of some common finishes used in textile industry like Mercerisation, Sanforisation, Sizing, Crease resistance, Calendering, Tentering and Embossing. 6. Study of various kinds of stains on textile and their removal. Note : Semester-I (1,2,3) Semester-II (4,5 and 6) TEXTILE SCIENCE Paper-I PRACTICAL Time : 3 hrs. Max. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1) Identification of various textiles fibres by Physical (Burning and Microscopic) and Chemical (Solubility) methods. 2) Methods of Washing, Bleaching, starching, drying and ironing of various fabrics. Semester-II 3) Colour fastness test to heat, Sunlight, gas fumes, perspiration, humidity, washing, crocking and Ironing on coloured natual fabrics. 4) Identification of various types of vegetable, animal, chemical and mineral stains and their removal. All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis and samples. Paper-II DESIGNING AND PATTERN MAKING THEORY Time : 2 hrs. Max. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Design - a) Concept and types - Structural and applied. b) Elements of design - Line, Colour, Texture, Form and Shape.
  • 59. 54 (i) Line - Straight, Vertical, Diagonal, Horizontal and Curved lines. (ii) Colour - Theory of colour, qualities of colour, colour wheel, colour schemes. Psychological impact of colours and factors affecting choice of colours. (c) Principles of design-Balance, Harmony, Rhythm, Proportion and Emphasis in relation to apparel. 2. Sketching - a) Tools for drawing and sketching. b) Figure sketching - Normal figure, Fashion figure, Block figure and Flesh Figure c) Optical illusions of (i) Inner lines - Vertical, Horizontal, Diagonal & Curved lines and also of big and smallChecks. (ii) Outer lines - Rectangular, Circular, Square, Triangular, Inverted Triangular. (iii) Wide and Narrow panels of various garments. (iv) Sleeves, Collars, Neck lines. Yokes and Pockets. 3. Introduction to measuring, marking, drafting and cutting tools. 4. Paper pattern - Purpose, principles, techniques and use in lay out any cutting. 5. Importance of taking accurate body measurements, locating proper measuring points for children, women and men. Semester-II 6. Standard measurements for children (measurement charts). 7. Introduction to pattern manipulation and principles of pattern manipulations. 8. Adaptation of basic paper pattern to size, shape,darts and fullness. 9. Method of adaptation of basic bodice block for developing garment pattern. 10. Collar, sleeve and yoke manipulations. DESIGNING AND PATTERN MAKING PRACTICAL Time : 3 hrs. Max. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1. Design - a) Basic lines b) Colour-Wheel, tints and tones, combinations and schemes. c) Texture-Textural combinations with fibric samples. 2. Sketching - a) Floral and Geometrical motifs. b) Block Figure, Flesh figure, Normal and Fashion figure. c) Composition of figures with pencil shading and colour media.
  • 60. 55 d) Flesh figures with garments for ladies and children keeping in view the modern trends of fashion. 3. Taking body measurements, their sequence and application in drafting and cutting. 4. Drafting child's bodice block. Semester-II 5. Drafting child's sleeve block. 6. Adjustment in block pattern of children. 7. Drafting lady's bodice block. 8. Drafting lady's sleeve block. 9. Adjustment in block pattern of ladies. 10. Making paper pattern of basic bodice block, sleeves and collars. All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis and samples. CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION Paper-III THEORY Time : 2 hrs. Max. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Tools and equipments for sewing Ironing and finishing. 2. Sewing machine : a) Types - Hand, Tradle and Motorized ; main parts, their operations and safety measures. b) Different types of stitching adjustments attachments and their uses. c) Minor defects and their remedies. d) Sewing threads - their number, sizes and uses with relation to needle and cloth. 3. Basic processes for garment making - a) Basic stitches - Basting, Running stitch, Back stitch, Blanket stitch, Button-hole. Hemming, Slip stitch, Whipping, Lock stitch. b) Decorative stitches - Lazy-daisy, Chain, Stain stitch, Herring bone, Feather-long and short, French knot, Patch work. Mirror work Cross stitch and Beading. c) Seams and seam finishes - Plain seam, Counter hem seam, Lapped seam, Run and fell seam. Semester-II 4. Principles of Garments Making - a) Preparation of fabric-shrinking, straightening, ironing. b) Placing, marking, cutting and handling of various type of materials. c) Selection of trimmings, supporting fabric (lining, interlining) and fastner.
  • 61. 56 5. Disposal of fullness - Pleats-Knife, Box, Laverted; Darts, Tucks, Pin shells, Gathers, Smocking, Shirring, Frills and Ruftle. 6. Plackets - One piece and two piece placket opening. 7. Fastners- Press buttons, 'Hooks and eyes, Eyelets buckles, Button, Button holes, Zippers and Velero tape. 8. Edge Finishes - Facing and Binding both biased and shaped. CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION Paper-III PRACTICAL Time : 3 hrs. Max. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1. Identification and maintenance of tools and equipment of dress making. 2. Sewing machine - a) Types, main parts, operation and care. b) Main adjustments while operating sewing machine. c) Special attachments and their use. d) Minor defects and rectification. 3. Selection and use of different threads and needles for various fabrics. 4. Making samples of - a) Basic stitches. b) Decorative stitches. c) Seams. d) Disposal of fullness. e) Fastners. f) Edge Finishes Semester-II 5. Drafting of basic bodice blocks for children and women. 6 Adapting the basic blocks for making the following garments; a) Children - Frock & Shorts. b) Women - Petticoat, Saree Blouse, Salwar Kameez. 7. Estimation of the fabric and accessories on the basis of body measurements. 8. Fitting, finishing, Ironing and folding of the above garments. 9. Files (a) Sample file, (b) Drafting and adaptation file. All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis and samples.
  • 62. 57 (iii) TEXTILE CRAFT Paper-I TEXTILE SCIENCE (SAME AS GIVEN UNDER COMMERCIAL GARMENT DESIGNING & MAKING) Paper-II YARN PREPARATION AND FABRIC STRUCTURE THEORY Time : 2 hrs. M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Spinning & its types - a) Mechanical - spinning of cotton, wool and worsted. b) Chemical - Melt, Dry & wet spinning. 2. Terminology related to fabrication - fabric, Warp, Weft Woof, Weave, repeat pattern, design, draft plan, peg plan, selvedge (Plain, Tape, Split, Fused, Ieno, Tucked), texture motif and picks. 3. Introduction to yarn preparation, winding, wraping - Definition & different methods of warping, warping calculations (no. of ends/inch, no. of picks/ inch/no. of bobbins, no. of sections, width of sections, length of warp on bobbins, total length of yarn, weight of yarn, width of cloth including selvedge), sizing beaming, looming, yarn count, reed count and count of folded yarn. 4. Aims, objective and scope of weaving. Semester-II 5. Use of graph paper. 6. Detailed classification of weaves - Elementary, Compound and Complex. 7. Introduction to the following weaves alongwith their draft plan and peg plan : Plain weave - Rib and Basket, Twill weave- Regular, Pointed Honey Comb, Satin, Sateen, Pile weave-Cut and Uncut. 8. Introduction to Computer Aided Weaving. YARN PREPARATION AND FABRIC STRUCTURE PRACTICAL Time : 3 hrs. Max. Marks : 50 1. Warp and Weft winding, Pin winding, Bobbin winding and cone winding. 2. Plain Weave-Preparation of wrap, drafting, denting and drawing.
  • 63. 58 3. Basket Weave-Preparation of warp, drafting, denting and drawing. 4. Regular twill Weave - Preparation of warp, drafting, denting and drawing. 5. Pile Weave - Preparation of warp, drafting, denting and drawing. 6. Simple exercise on different types of knotting. 7. Introduction in Computer Aided Weaving. All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis and samples. Atleast three visits to reputed textile industry, quality control centre or textile related institute, maintaining record of the visits and report writing for the same. Note : Semseter I (1,2,3,6) Semester –II (4,5,7) HANDLOOM MECHANICS AND OPERATIONS Paper-III THEORY Time : 2 hrs. M. Marks : 30 1) History of weaving & its importance in textile craft. 2) Types and parts of warping machine-creel stand, hackreed, warpreed, guide roller, warping drum, warping beam and drawing hooks and their functioning. 3) a) Types and parts of handlooms and their functioning. b) Harnessing of Handloom. 4) Process of handloom fitting. 5) Motions of the handloom - a) Primary motions - shedding, picking & beating up. b) Secondary motions - Taking up & letting off. 6) Checking of handloom before operation and general precautions. 7) Different methods of drafting & denting. 8) Different types & parts of shuttle. 9) Working of Dobby on handloom. 10. Working of Jacquard on handloom. Note : Semster I (1,2,3,8) Semester II (4,5,6,7,9,10) HANDLOOM MECHANICS AND OPERATIONS Paper-III PRACTICAL Time : 3 hrs. M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1) Winding of bobbins.
  • 64. 59 2) Arrangement of bobbins in creel. 3) Passing of threads through the heckreed. Semester-II 4) Pirl winding and inserting. 5) Fitting of handloom and maintenance. 6) Harnessing of Handloom. 7) Weaving of cloth - Plain weave, Basket weave, Twill weave and Terry pile weave. All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis and samples. (iv) TEXTILE DESIGNING Paper-I TEXTILE SCIENCE (SAME AS GIVEN UNDER COMMERCIAL GARMENT DESIGNING & MAKING) Paper-II TEXTILE DESIGNING AND PRINTING THEORY Time : 2 hrs. M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1) Origin, historical background and characteristics of traditional Indian designs with special references to Punjab. 2) Design-Definition, Classification (structural & applied), principles and elements. 3) Colours-light and pigment theory of colours, colour wheel, primary, secondary and tertiary colours, colour schemes and Qualities of colour. Semester-II 4) Introduction to textile printing materials used for printing, its importance and various methods of printing: block printing, roller printing, screen printing, spray printing/stencil printing and transfer printing. 5) Elementary study of thickening agents and auxiliaries. 6) Preparation of textile fabric for printing-Scouring, Bleaching, Sinzing & Batching. 7) Block printing of cotton fabric with aniline black.
  • 65. 60 TEXTILE DESIGNING AND PRINTING Paper-II PRACTICAL Time : 3 hrs. M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1.(a) Practice of mixing colours showing colour on colour wheel with varied values and hues showing various colour combinations. (b) Preparing file of at least 25 pages with different designs suitable for textiles using soft pencil, crayon, pencil colours, sketch pens, coloured ink or water colour. 2. Preparing paper stencils for printing. Semester-II 3. Making of design for saree border, handkerchief and pillow cover. 4. Practice of painting with fabric colours on textiles. 5. Practice of printing aniline black on cotton cloth with hand block. 6. Making preparation of grey scale. All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis & samples. Visit to museums, Art Galleries, Craft Meals and Report writing of the Craft apprised. Paper-III TEXTILE DYEING THEORY Time : 2 hrs. M. Marks : 30 1) Brief study of pH value. 2) Precautions to be observed while scouring, bleaching and dyeing. 3) Scouring and bleaching of cotton and woolen fibres and fabric. 4) Properties, names and applications of direct dyes on cotton and after treatment with synthetic fixing agents. 5) Properties, names and applications of reactive dyes, azoic dyes (Naphthol), Vat and indigo-sol dyes. 6) Determination of weight of dyes and chemicals from percentage in recipes.
  • 66. 61 7) Dyeing of woolen yarn with acid dyes and metal complex dyes (Nulon and Chrome dyes). 8) A brief study of long bath, short bath, neutral bath, standing bath, stripping, leveling. 9) Study of factors affecting the fading of dyed textiles - Heat, light, sunlight, gas fumes, humidity, perspiration, rubbing chemicals, washing, crocking and Ironing. Note : Semester –I (1,2,3 and 4) Semester-II (5,6,7,8 and 9 ) Paper-III TEXTILE DYEING PRACTICAL Time : 3 hrs. M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1) Practice of scouring and bleaching of cotton and wool. 2) Practice of dyeing of cotton and jute with direct dye. 3) Effect of time, temperature, water ratio and chemicals in dyeing. Semester-II 4) Practice of dyeing of cotton with reactive, azoic, vat and indigo-sol dyes. 5) Practice of dyeing of woolen yarn/fabric with acid dyes, metal complex (Nulon) dyes. 6) Practice of dyeing of cotton with Ramazole dyes. 7) Colour fastness test to heat, light, sunlight, gas fumes, humidity, perspiration, rubbing, chemicals, washing, crocking and ironing on coloured natural fabric. All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis & samples. (v) KNITTING TECHNOLOGY Paper-I TEXTILE SCIENCE (SAME AS GIVEN UNDER COMMERCIAL GARMENT DESIGNING & MAKING) Paper-II HANDFLAT KNITTING MECHANISM THEORY Time : 2 hrs. M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1) Past, present & future perspective of Knitting Industry.
  • 67. 62 2) Basic terminology used in knitting such as Gauge, Wales, Course, Knitted stitch, Neele loop, Sinker loop etc. 3) Diagrammatic presentation of Latch Needle, understanding its different parts and their functions. 4) Diagrammatic presentation of loop formation o flatch needle on V bed Hand Knitting Machine. 5) Diagrammatic presentation of weft knitted stitches such as plain, rib and tuck. 6) Diagrammatic presentation of cam system of V bed Hand Flat Knitting Machine. Semester-II 7) Operations and function of different cams of cam system of V bed Hand Flat Knitting Machine. 8) Setting of stitch length on a Hand Flat Knitting Machine. 9) Knitting process of welts and function of welts. 10) Knitting process of 1 x 1 rib and plain fabric. 11) Knitting defects, their causes & remedies on Hand Flat Knitting Machine. 12) Maintenance of Hand Flat Knitting Machine. HAND FLAT KNITTING MECHANISM PRACTICAL Time : 3 hrs. M. Marks : 50 1) Identification and functioning of different parts of Hand Flat Knitting Machine. 2) Description & diagrams of Cam set, different parts of Cam set & their functions. 3) Method of putting and replacing of Needles. 4) Adjustment of brushes, method of feeding yarn and setting of feeders on Flat Knitting Machine. 5) Starting sequence of the machine for knitting. 6) Jobbing on and Running on operation on Flat Knitting Machine. 7) Setting of Stitch Quality or Stitch Length on Flat Knitting Machine. 8) Knitting of plain fabric on Flat Knitting Machine. 9) Knitting of 1 x 1 & 2 x 2 rib on Flat Knitting Machine. 10) Transferring of loops from one needle bed to another needle bed with the help of Decca and knitting of single bed fabric. 11) Knitting of Decca design and Tuck design. 12) Knitting of Half cardigan and Full cardigan fabric. 13) Knitting of Half milano and Full milano fabric.
  • 68. 63 14) Knitting of panels of front, back and sleeves for making : i) Pull Over. ii) Slip Over. iii) Ladies Cardigan. All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis & samples. Visit to reputed knitting industry/knitting technology institutes-craft melas and report writing for the same. Note : Semester – I (1,2,3,4,5 and 8) Semester –II (6,7,9,10,11,12,13,14) HAND DRIVEN CIRCULAR KNITTING Paper-III THEORY Time : 2 hrs. M. Marks : 30 1. Classification of Knitting Industry i) Socks Knitting Industry ii) Under Garments Knitting Industry iii) Outerwear Garments Knitting Industry. 2. Socks Knitting Machine its different parts and their uses. 3. Cylinder Cam Set of hand driven socks machine, explanation of its different parts and their functions with diagram. 4. Dial Cam Set of hand driven socks machine, explanation of its different parts and their functions with diagram. 5. Looping elements-Needle, Sinker and Verge. 6. Diagrammatic presentation of loop formation of latch needle on circular knitting machine. 7. Jobbing on, running on operation of circular knitting. 8. Showing diagrammatically different parts of socks (welt, rib top, leg part, heal part, foot part and toe part). 9. Method of formation of welt on hand socks knitting machine. 10. Method of knitting rib with the use of dial. 11. Method of knitting heal and toe. 12. Method of making complete socks a with elastic rib top and 1x1 rib top. 13. Toe closing (i) Linking (ii) Over locking. 14. Defects that occur during circular knitting and their causes and remedies. 15. Different types of articles can be produced on hand driven knitting machine such as Mitins, Socks, Stockings, Gloves etc. Note : Semester-I (1,2,3,4,5,6,9 and 11) Semester-II (7,8,10,12,13,14 and 15)
  • 69. 64 HAND DRIVEN CIRCULAR KNITTING PRACTICAL Time : 3 hrs. M. Marks : 50 1) Identification of various parts of socks machine. 2) Tools and accessories used in circular knitting and their uses. 3) Identification and function of cylinder cams. 4) Identification and functions of dial-cams. 5) Dissembling and assembling of the cam system of socks machine. 6) Raising and Lowering of dial and time setting. 7) How to adjust the stitch length and yarn guide of the machine. 8) Method of starting machine with jobbing on method and running on method. 9) Knitting of welt and 1 x 1 rib. 10) Method of knitting heal and toe. 11) Knitting of full socks. 12) Knitting of stockings. 13) Method of linking of toe portion. 14) Method of Pressing, Labeling, Folding and packing of finished product. 15) Size chart of socks. All practicals to be recorded in file along with procedures, analysis & samples. Note : Semester –I (1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9 and 10) Semester –II (7,11,12,13,14 and 15) IV ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY GROUP (i) MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF ELECTRICAL DOMESTIC APPLIANCES Paper I. BASIC ELECTRICITY Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Introduction What is electricity and its sources. Definition of Resistance, Voltage, Current, Power, Energy and their units, Factors affecting resistance of a conductor. Temperature coefficient of resistance. Difference between ac and dc voltage. 2. D.C. Circuits : Ohm's Law Relation between voltage and current in a dc circuit. Series and parallel resistance circuits, and their equivalent resistance. Series-Parallel
  • 70. 65 resistance circuits, calculation of equivalent resistance. Kirchhoff''s laws and their applications. 3. Batteries Primary cell, dry cell, battery, series and parallel connecion of cells, Secondary cells, Lead Acid Cell, discharging and recharging of battery common charging methods, care and maintenance of secondary Battery Sp[ecifications of a cell Battery. 4. Heating and Lighting Effects of Current : Joul's Laws of electric heating and its domestic applications, heating efficiency Lighting effect of electric current, Filaments used in lamps, lamps and gas discharge lamps, their specifications, working and applications. 5. Capacitors : Capacitor units and capacity. Concept of charging and discharging of capacitors. Types of capacitors and their use in circuits. Series and parallel connection of capacitors Energy stored in a capacitance. Semester-II 6. Electromagnetic Effects : Permanent magnets and Electromagnets their construction and use. Patarities of an electromagnet and rules for finding them. Faraday's Laws of Electromagnetic Induction and applications. Dynamically induced e.m.f., its magnitude and direction. Static e.m.f., its magnitude and direction. Static induction, self induced e.m.f. its magnitude and direction. Inductance and its unit. Mutually induced e.m.f. its magnitude and direction. 7. A.C. Circuits : Principles of Generation of A.C. voltage and wave shape Cycle, frequency, peak value (maximum value) average value, instantaneous value, r.m.s. value Introduction to resistance, capacitance and induction. What is inductive reactive and capacitive reactance phase, phase difference, power factor (leading and lagging). Impedance, impedance of R.L. & C, A.C Circuits with (i) resistance and inductance, (ii) resistance and capacitance (iii) Resistance, inductance and capacitance in series. 8. Measuring instruments : Working principles of moving iron and moving coil voltmeters and ammeters, Dynomometer type wattmeter, Otim meter, Megger and Induction type Energymeter, their circuit connection and application for measurement of electrical quality. 9. Electrical Wiring Types of wiring - Introduction to casing and caping conduit wiring their procedure systems. Factor for selection of a particular wiring system. Importance of switch, fuse, change over switch and earthing of wiring system. Types of faults, their causes and remedies. Methods of finding numbers of circuits and circuit
  • 71. 66 distribution by distribution board system. Indian Electricity Rules (IER) related to wiring. Introduction to submeters and their installation in Inverter wiring. Types of earthing - Plate Earthing, and pipe Earthing, their procedure and application. Solar Electricity Need of Solar Energy, Solar Photovoltic (SPV) Technology, advantage of SPV system, Solar Constant, formation of Solar Cells, SPV Module, Array and Applications of Solar Photovoltac System. BASIC ELECTRICITY Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1. Measurement of current, voltage and resistane of the help of multimeter. 2. Verification of Ohm's Law. 3. Measurement of equivalent resistance of series combination of resistors. 4. Measurement of equivalent resistance of parallel combination of resistors. 5. Measurement of equivalent resistance of series-parallel components of resistors. 6. To verify Kirchhaff's current laws. 7. Charging a lead acid battery and to test its state of charge. 8. Study of series and parallel capacitor circuits. 9. Study of series and parallel resistor circuits/lamps. 10. Study of R.L. series circuit and measurement of impedence, power and power factor. 11. Study of R.C. series circuit and measurement of impedence, power and power factor. 12. Study of R.L.C. series circuit and measurement of impedence, power and power factor. 13. Connections of Ammeter, Voltmeter and Wattmeter in an A.C. circuit of resistive load. 14. To test a single phase energy meter with the help of standard wattmeter and stop watch with resistive load. Semester-II 15. Controlling low voltage lamps in series. 16. Controlling lamps from two or three places. 17. Drawing schematic diagram of single phase supply to consumers. 18. Drawing schematic diagram of three phase supply to consumers. 19. Practice on CTS/TRS (Batten) wiring with 2 fans, 4 lamps, 2 tubes and 4 plug points. 20. Practice on conduit wiring. 21. Polarity (means phase and neutral testing) test of wiring installation. 22. Measurement of insulation resistance of wiring installation by megger.
  • 72. 67 23. Testing of wiring in stallations with the help of megger. 24. Installation of pipe earthing for wiring installation. 25. Study of plate earthing for wiring installation. 26. Testing faults of wiring installationa nd rectification. 27. Installation of a sub-meter between a given electrical wiring. 28. Measurement of open Circuit Voltage and short circuit current of a PV Module. 29. To study/Install a Solar Street light System. Paper II ELECTRICAL DOMESTIC APPLIANCES Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Introduction to Single phase supply : Introduction to phase neutral earth, voltage between phase and neutral, phase and earth common faults as like open circuit, shot circuit and earth fault. Series testing board and its uses. 2. Electric Room Heater : Construction and working principle of Reflector type room heater, common defects, testing and repairs. 3. Electric Iron : Types of electric iron-ordinary type and Automatic/Thermostat control type, steam iron. Constructions and working principles of electric irons. Common defects, testing and repairs. 4. Electric Stove : Types of electric stoves-coiled types, hot plate/oven. Construction and working principles of electric stoves. Common defects, testing and repairs. Semester-II 5. Electric Toaster : Types of toaster- Ordinary and Automatic. Construction and working principles of electric toasters. Common defects, testing and repairs. 6. Immersion Heater and Gyser : Construction, working principle and use of immersion heater. Common faults, their causes, testing and repairs. Construction, working principles and use of Gyser, Common defects, their causes, testing and repairs. Testing and installation of Gyser. Precautions in using immersion heater and gyser. 7. Electric Kettle :
  • 73. 68 Construction, working principle and use of Electric Kettle. Common faults, their causes. 8. Table Lamp, Low Voltage Night Lamp and Tube Light : Constructions, working principles and uses of Table Lamp, Night Lamp and Flourescent Tube (Tube Light) Common faults and their causes, testing and repair. Study of CFL (Compact Flourescent Light) and LED (Light Emitting Diode). 9. Electric Bell, Buzzer and Door Chimes : Constructions, working principles and uses of Electric Bell, Buzzer and Door chimes. Common faults and their causes testing and repair. ELECTRICAL DOMESTIC APPLIANCES Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1) Fabrication of a control panel board with meters and series test lamp for testing of electrical appliances. 2) Fabrication of a mains lead with three pin plug and iron connector. 3) Dismantling and reassembling of reflector type room heater. 4) Testing and repair of reflector type room heater. 5) Dismantling and reassembling of Electric iron (i) ordinary types and (ii) Automatic/Thermostat control type. 6) Testing and repair of Electric iron (i) Ordinary type and (ii) Automatic/ Thermostat control type. 7) Dismantling and reassembling of Electric stove (i) Coiled type (ii) Hot plate (iii) Oven. 8) Testing and repair of Electric Stove (i) Coiled type (ii) Hot plate (iii) Oven. Semester-II 9) Dismantling and reassembling of Electric Toaster (i) Ordinary and (ii) Automatic. 10) Testing and repair of Electric Toaster (i) Ordinary and (ii) Automatic. 11) Dismantling and reassembling of Gyser. 12) Testing and repair of Gyser. 13) Dismantling and reassembling of Electric Kettle. 14) Testing and repair of Electric Kettle. 15) Connections of a fluorescent tube. 16) Testing and repair of (i) Table Lamp (ii) Night Lamp and (iii) Tube Light.
  • 74. 69 17) Testing and repair of (i) Electric Bell (ii) Buzzer and (iii) Door chimes. 18) Febrication of an extension cord for three plug points with independent controls. Paper III MARTERIALS AND WORKSHOP PRACTICE Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Safety Precautions and Shock Treatment : Familarise the students with shop discipline, Layout of shops, Safety precautions. Use of fire fighting equipment. First Aid practice. Causes of electric fire and electric shock. Precautions to avoid electric fire and electric shock. Procedure for removal of person from contact of live wire. Treatment for electric shock and burns as per IEI rules. 2. Common Tools Familiarise the students with common tools, safe use of tools, their specification and applications. 3. Conducting Materials Copper and aluminium as low resistivity materials, their electrical characteristics and applications. Electric resistance materials. Materials for lamp filaments and brushes. Tungsten, Nichrome, Euroka, Selenium and Carbon as high resistivity materials, their electrical characteristics and applications. 4. Insulating Materials : Distinction between conductor, insulator and semi conductor, insulation resistance, dielectric strength, breakdown voltage, mechanical and physical properties and classification of insulating materials. Paper, plastic coated paper. Empire cloth Leatheroid Cotton and silk, Rubber, PVC Porcelain, Bitumen, Micro, Bakelite, Ebonite, Marble, Glass Asbestos, Fibre glass-their uses and applications insulating tapes, Sleeves, insulating and empragnating varnishes and points-their uses and applications. 5. Magnetic Materials : Classification of materials as Fenomagnetic materials, soft and hard magnetic material, Mild steel, silicon steel, Mu-metal, Permalloy, Alnico as magnetic materials their properties and uses. 6. Structure Materials : Iron Steel, Brass, Gun Metal and Aluminium as structural materials, their properties and applications. Semester-II 7. Fuse and soldering Materials
  • 75. 70 Silver, copper, lead, Tin and alloys as fuse material, that properties and applications. Soldering and Brazing materials and tools. Procedure of soldering and brazing and precautionary measures. 8. Wiring Materials : ICTP and ICDP main switches, Distribution Boards, Bustor, Conduit fittings and pipes, Battens, Round Block, Board, Switches Lamp holders, Ceiling roses, Plugs, Sockets, Wires, etc. used for different wiring. 9. Lubricants : Solid, semi-solid and liquid lubricants-uses and applications. 10. Corrosion Protective Points : Application of point for corrosion protection and precautions in pointing. 11. Transmission of Power : Bell drive, Shaft drive, Gear drive, Chain drive, Friction drive and their application in domestic appliances. 12. Electrical symbols and blue print reading. Simple Domestic electric circuit drawing. 13. Construction and application of bimetallic relays and thermo-couple for control of temperature and current. 14. Introduction to Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB) and Earth leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB), Specifications and their use in electrical circuits. MATERIALS AND WORKSHOP PRACTICE Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1) First aid box practice. 2) Identification of common tools. 3) To form two identical coils using insulated copper wire and aluminium wire of same gouge and same number of turns and compare their resistance. 4) To make coils of Nichrome and Eureka wires of equal lengths and gouge and measure resistance, current and power at a given voltage. 5) Identification of different insulating materials. 6) Practice on insulating (i) Slots and (ii) Cores of motors. 7) Insulating the coil winding with varnish. 8) Identification of structural materials parts. Semester-II
  • 76. 71 9) Replacing a blown fuse of standard current rating. 10) Study the relationship between wire diameter and fusing current for instantaneous fusing. 11) Soldering practice. 12) Lubricating Technique practice. 13) Study of themocoupled oven to control temperature. 14) Application of bimetallic relay to control temperature. 15) Use of on MCB in an electrical circuit. 16) Use of an ELCB in on electrical circuit. (ii) REPAIR & MAINTENANCE OF RADIO & TELEVISION Paper-I BASIC ELECTRICONICS Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Basic Electricity : Electricity & its sources ac and dc concept of phase, frequency, graphical representation of ac and dc. Batteries, need of power supply, cells and batteries. Resistors, capacitors and types of resistors and capacitor. Component ratings and color order of resistors and capacitor, relationship between voltage and current. Ohm's law, Kirchhuff's Laws and their applications. Magnitism, Definitions of Electromagnatization electromagnetic induction, flux, permeability. Transformers; concept working principle and application. Semester-II 2. Circuits : Series, parallel and combination circuits of resistors, capacitors and inductors, LC, RLC, LC circuits and their applications. 3. Material Services : • Conductors, Semiconductors and insulators P and N types materials their principles and properties. • Thermistors - PNP, NPN, symbols, their functioning, Zener Diodes, FET and their applications. • SCRs - Symbols, characteristics and uses, Diacs, Triacs and their uses. LDR, VDR and Thermisters and their uses.
  • 77. 72 • Integrated circuits - Introduction to IC's, Types (Audio, Vedio, Digital, Analogics) their advantages, limitations and applications. Paper-I BASIC ELECTRONICS Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1) Drawing of Electronic/Electrical Symbols. 2) Freehand sketching of Electronic Components. 3) Tracing of given Electronic circuits. 4) Identification of components and devices. 5) Colour coding of resistors and capacitors. 6) Verification of Ohnis Law (Relationship between Voltage and Current). 7) Verification of Kirchhoffes Laws. Semester-II 8) Study and use of series and parallel Circuit of (a) resistance (b) capacitors. 9) Study of series and parallel Resonant circuits. 10) To check a transformer for primary and secondary voltages. 11) Fabrication of an extension board for Power supply and use of Line Tester. Paper-II ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Electronic Circuits • Rectifiers-half wave, full wave and bridge type, their working. Capacitors as a Filter. Concept of 'T' and 'π' filters. • Power supply regulators - Zener regulation, series and shunt regulators and IC regulators, voltage doubler and triples circuits. • Amplifiers : Class A, B, AB and C their imput and output characteristics and efficiency (without derivations). • Audio Amplifiers - Voltage and Power amplifiers used in Radio and TV Receivers. • RF Amplifiers - General Principles, single and double tunnel RF and IF amplifiers used in Radio and TV Receivers. Semester-II
  • 78. 73 • Orcillators-Concepts of Oscillators, types of orcillators such as Hastley, colpits, phase shift, wein bridge and crystal orcillators, circuits and their working. Feed back and its types, effect of negative feed back on gain, bond width noise and distortion. 2. Measuring Instruments • Principle of voltmeter, ammetes, multimeter and digital multimeter their uses and applications. • Cathode Ray Oscilloscope-Basic principle, use of CRO for measurement of voltage and frequency. • Introduction to frequency- meter, wattmeters, energy- meter, capacitance meter. Use of signal Generator for tuning. 3. Tools • Soldering Iron - Various types proper use and maintenance • Desoldering tools • Common tools used in servicing and assembly in electronic shop. Paper-II ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1) Measurement of alternating and direct voltages and currents with the help of voltmeter and ammeter. 2) Measurement of V, I & R parameters with the help of analog multimeter. 3) Measurement of V, I & R parameters with the help of digital multimeter. 4) Measurement of voltage & Frequency with the help of an orcilloscope. 5) Measurement of frequency with the help of frequency meter. 6) Testing of Diode, Transister, SCR, Zeener Diode, L & D and F & T with the help of a multimeter. Semester-II 7) Graded exercises on soldering practice viz. tinned wire, PCB, lugs, connectors etc. 8) Fabrication of 3/6/9 volt simple DC power supply using half wave and full wave rectifiers. [Battery Eliminator] 9) Fabricationof a zeener regulated DC Power supply. 10) Fabrication of DC stabilized supply using series and shunt pass transistors. 11) Demonstration and study of Audio Frequency Amplifiers.
  • 79. 74 12) Demonstration and study of Radio Frequency Amplifiers. 13) Study and use of AF and RF signal generators for tunning of Transistor/radio receiver. 14) Using Signal Injection method of fault finding for servicing of electronic gadgets. 15) Demonstration of calpitts and weinbridge oscillators. Paper-III AM/FM RADIO RECEIVERS & FAULT ANALYSIS Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. AM Radio Receivers : Basic concepts of Radio transmission, Modulation, types, necessity and demodulation (no circuits & derivations). Charaderistics of a transmeter. Different modes of wave propagation. Block diagram of radio receiver and its different stages. Semester-II 2. FM Radio Receivers : Basic principles and block diagram of FM receivers. Difference between FM and AM receivers. 3. Fault Analysis : Introduction to systematic fault finding techniques,Sectionalization and signal injection and other such techniques. Typical case histories and exercises. Mechanical fixtures-Typical troubles and their remedy. Paper-III AM/FM RADIO RECEIVERS & FAULT ANALYSIS Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1. Introduction to Electronic drafting : (a) Block Diagram. (b) Schematic Diagram. (c) Layout Diagram. (d) Wiring Diagram. 2. Identification of parts and sections of a medium wave transister/radio receiver. 3. Assembling a medium wave transistor/radio receiver. 4. Measuring voltages at different test points of a transistor/radio receiver. 5. Check waveforms at input and output parts of different stages with the help of CRO. Semester-II 6. Alignment of IF stages.
  • 80. 75 7. Alignment of RF stages. 8. Fault finding in Mechanical fixtures viz. Dial Cord, Volume control, loud speaker etc. 9. Band switch wiring of a multiband radio-receiver. 10. Tracing the circuit of a given transister/radio receiver. (iii) ENGINEERING DRAWING & DRAFTING Paper-I ENGINEERING DRAWING (PLANE GEOMETRY) Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I BASIC CONCEPT : 1. Introduction : Description of drawing equipment/instruments and its use, technique for handling instruments, selection of equipment/instruments. Description of drafting machine and its usage. 2. Planning and layout of Drawings : Need for planning, standard sizes of drawing sheets, margins, title blocks and material list according to IS 696-1972. Standard practice of following the prints and planning the working spaces of the drawing sheet. Scales-simple and diagonal. 3. Lines, lettering and dimensions : Different types of lines and their usage. Standard practices for writing with single storke with instruments and free hand vertical and inclined capital and lower case letters and numerals, also black lettering in the ratio 5.4, 7.4 vertical and inclined, Need of dimensioning. Principles of dimensioning, different systems of dimensioning. Arrangement of dimensions. 4. Geometrical Constructions : Procedure of drawing plane geometrical figures like triangle, square, parallelogram, rhambus, circle and regular polygon, ellipse & parabola. 5. Projections of Solids : Description of solids like cube, prism, pyramids, tetrahedron, cones and cylinders. Various positions of solids placed on ground or V.P. Projections of solids when axis is inclined to both the planes. (Use First and Third angle projection method). Semester-II 6. Section of Solids : Need for sectioning and sectional views. Horizontal Trace and Vertical Trace of cutting planes. Procedure of drawing sectional solids (cube, prism, pyramid,
  • 81. 76 cylinder, cone) when solids rest on base. Procedure of drawing sectional views of solids when axis is inclined to one plane and parallel to other. SOLID GEOMETRY Time : 2hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 7. Orthographic Projections : Meaning of H.P., Quardrants, I angle and III angle projection methods, Projections (Front, Top and Side of Simle block. 8. Symbols and Conventions : Necessity of symbols & conventions , conventions for (a) Bricks work, R.C.C., stone , wood, earth, rock, plaster, glass, fibre board, doors, windows, fencing, building, roads, railway lines, bridge canal, district, state and international boundary, Industry, School. (b) Valve, pumps, screw theads, springs, knurling, holes on linear pitch circular pitch, gears, bearings, glass, gun metal, cast iron, mild steel, copper, aluminium, lead, zinc, white metal, brass, bronze, asbestos, rubber. (c) Buld, tube, fuse, earthing, plug, socket, switch, Main switch, cell, Battery, conductor, resistance, capacitance, inductance, ammeter, voltmeter, bell, buzzer, laud specker, fans, regulator, field poles, armature. 9. Fasteners (a) Meaning / definations of pitch, crest, root, depth of threads, minor diameter & major diameter of screw thread. (b) Freehand sketches of bolts, nuts, washers. (c) Freehand sketches of riveted joints, butt and lap joints. (d) Freehand sketches of studs, set screws and forms of threads like British Association , British standard, Whitworth, square, Butteres, Unified, Sellers. (e) Freehand Sketches f locking nuts. (f) Freehand sketches of foundation bolts like eya bolt, Lewis, Rag, Cotter. (g) Freehand sketches of key like square, rectangular, sunk, flat & round, saddle Gib headed key. 10. Sectionalo orthographics projections :
  • 82. 77 Need for sectional views, procedure for drawing section views from the given orthographics projections of block. 11. Development of surface of solids : Importance of development, list out the applications where developed surfaces are used. Differentiate between parallel line and radial line development, Selection of proper methods of development, procedure for drawing the development of simple and truncated solids. Development of the surface of cube, prism, pyramid, cone, cylinder, and trustrum of pyramid and cones. ENGINEERING DRAWING Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1 Use of Instruments : Lines, lettering and Dimensioning Geometrical Construction with write up of problems. Projection of lines and plane figures (with write up of problems). Projection of solids (with write up of problems). Section at solids twith write up of problems. (Minimum 25 sheets relating to above concepts.) Semester-II 2. Orthographic (First angle and third angle) Projection (first angle) Projection (third angle) 3. Symbols and Conventions 4. Fasteners 5. Sectional orthographic projections. 6. Development of surfaces Paper-II BASICS OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Building Layout 2. Foundation. 3. Brick Masonry. 4. Damp Prevention. 5. Door and Windows.
  • 83. 78 Semester-II 6. Floors. 7. Stairs. 8. Roofs & RCC (Reinforced Concrete Construction). 9. Internal water supply, Sewrage System. 10. Plastering & Pointing. 11. Painting, Distempering and white washing. BASICS OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1. Drawing of Foundation 2. Drawing of Brick Masonary (Diff. Types of Brick Bond). 3. Drawing of DPC (Damp Proof Course) 4. Drawing of Doors & Windows. Note : Preparation of at least 10 sheets related to the above concepts. Semester-II 5. Drawing of Floors. 6. Drawing of Stairs. 7. Drawing of RCC Slab, Beam, Lintel, Chhajja. 8. Drawing of Internal water Supply & sewerage. Note : Preparation of at least 15 sheets related to the above concepts. Paper-III WORKSHOP CALCULATION Time : 3 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 80 Structure of Question Paper In all eight questions will be set. Student will attempt any five questions. Each question will carry 16 marks. A question may have two or more parts. SYLLABUS Semester-I Basics : (i) Log and its application.
  • 84. 79 (ii) Mensuration Area and volume of plance and solid figures, i.e. Triangle, quadrant,circle, cube, cylinder, cone, pyramid, prism and their application, calculation of weight of various products of related cost. (iii) T-ratio and its simple application. SC IENCE : Unit of weight length, time and temperature, M.K.S., E.P.S and S.I Units and their conversion. Simple Machines : Calculation of Mechanical Advantage, Velocity ratio and efficiency of simple machines. Semester-II Design : Simple stress, strain, hoks law, Modulus of elasticity, stress - strain -elastic limit, yield point, ultimate stress and breaking stress. Factors of safety, load due to impact and their simple numerical problems. Design of Rivertted Joint : lap and butt joint according to ISI code. Design of nul and bolt (square and hexagonal) according to ISI code Design of stair case. Design of simple spread footing foundation for basing on thumb rule method. (i) Partition wall/boundary wall (ii) Load bearing wall (One brick, one and a half brick and two bricks) (iii) Pillors (One brick and on e and a half brick) Definitions : Coping, Parapet, drip course Line Gola, Terrace, Carnice, slab, R.C.C. lintel, R.C.C. chhajja, string course, plinth level, D.P.C., Footing, Offset, Foundation blocks, Basement, Groundfloor, 1st floor, 2nd floor, third floor, fourth floor. (iv) MECHANICAL SERVICING (Genl.) SYLLABUS Paper-I LATHE MACHINE AND OPERATIONS Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. INTRODUCTION TO BASICS :
  • 85. 80 Simple sketches of mechanical hand tools. Brief description of machine tools and equipments. Different types of operations by different types of machine tools (only name and diagrams). Safety precautions in using machine tools. 2. INTRODUCTION TO LATHE : Lathe, centre lathe, General purpose lathe machine, Types of lathe machine. Specification of lathe machine, safety rules of the workshop. Principle of Lathe. 3. LATHE MACHINE PARTS : Study of various lathe parts and sub assemblies of the lathe & their functions, Accessories viz. Lathe centers, face plate, dressing plate, angle plate, three jaw chuck, four jaw chuck, collect, mondrel, steady rest, moving rest, Tail stock, taper turning attachments. Description of the above accessories giving their sketches. Semester-II 4. CUTTING TOOLS : Cutting tools geometry of single point cutting tool, various angles and their values for cutting different metal jobs, Classification, types of cutting tools. Special purpose tools viz. facing tool,parting off tool, threading tool. Boring tool, knurling tool, Tool material, classification, composition, properties and application of High carbon steel, High speed steel, carbide, ceramic and diamond. 5. LATHE MACHINE TERMINOLOGY Taper, Taperturning, use of taper, Explanation of taper, Calculations for taper, conicity : Speed, Feed, Depth of cut. 6. LATHE OPERATIONS : Centring, Simple Turning, Stepturning, Facing, Drilling, Boring, Tapering, knurling, Parting off Taper, chamfering, Finishing. 7. CALCULATIONS FOR THREAD CUTTING : Explanation of simple gear train and compound gear train. Calculation for change wheels meterics thread on English lead screw. Cutting multiple threads. Brief description with dies feed gear box. 8. TURRET AND CAPSTAN LATHES Difference between centre, capston and turret lathes. Specifications scope and applications of turret and capston lathe in production shop. Machine details such as head stock, work holding devices, turret head, stops and trips, tools and equipments, turret and capston lathe accessories, tool layout operations
  • 86. 81 LATHE MACHINE AND OPERATIONS Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I I. Holding of job in four jaw chuck, contering with the help of check method, scriber and cutting tool. II. Setting the tool in tool port : Plain turning, facing and parting off M.M.S Dies as per given dimensions by teacher. III. Step turning on M.S. Bar, as per dimensions given by teacher. Semester-II IV. To do grinding of single point cutting tool according to specific geometry. V. Taper turning and knurrling and chamfering, threading. VI. Drilling and Boring. VII. To practice on dismantling and assembling of different accessories and case and maintenance of lathe machine. Paper-II ENGINEERING MATERIAL Time : 2 hrs. Theory M. Marks : 30 Semester-I I. INTRODUCTION : Materials classification - Metals, Ferrous and Non ferrous, Metals and Non metals. Different non-metals - plastic-rubber and wood. II. PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS Physical and mechanical properties. Physical properties as colour, weight etc. Mechanical properties as Strength, elasticity, plasticity, ductilities britlness, moleability, hardness, toughness. Technological properties, Machinability, For mability, Welderbility Measurement of hardness-brinell and Rockwell. III. FERROUS METALS Mineral ores, Different types of ores of metallurgical. Definitions, Description of pig iron. Process, working of Blast furnance, typed cast iron, wrought iron: composition, Properties and uses. Steel: composition, properties and uses. IV. STEEL AND ALLOYSTEEL : Introduction: Composition of MS in %age of properties and uses of steel manufacturing of carbon steel. Basic constituents of steel, Iron-Carbon equilibrium Diagram, Composition, properties and uses of special alloy steel such as - chromium, nickel, stainless steel High carbon steel, High speed steel, Molybdenum, tungsten and vanadium steel. Semester-II
  • 87. 82 V. HEAT TREATMENT Definition, Advantages of Heat treatment, Effect of heat on steel, methods of heat treatment i.e. Normalising, Annealing, Hardening, Tempering, case hardening, cyaniding, Nitriding, Flame hardening etc. VI. MECHANICAL WORKING OF METALS Introduction, Mechanical working (Process), Hot working, Principle methods of hot working i.e. Roling (Hot and Cold) Drawing, extracting and Forging (only drop Forging). VII. SHEET METALS AND PIPE FITTINGS Introduction, Types of sheets, thickness of sheet metals, ( in mm and in gauge No.) uses of Sheet metal (as required). Layout of sheet metals 4 No.s- Pipe Fittings only discription. VIII. NON FERROUS METALS AND ITS ALLOYS : Simple introduction properties and uses viz. copper and Aluminium. IX. ANOTHER IMPORTANT ENGG. MATERIAL Rubber, Plastic, thermoplastic and thermo setting plastic their properties and application, Rubber, Ceramics, wood their applications. X. QUALITY CONCEPT Definition of term "Quality" Introduction to quality standards according to BIS viz. 1S.14000 (1SO-9000) ENGINEERING MATERIAL Paper-II PRACTICALS Time : 3 hrs. M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1) To identify and distinguish between different Engineering materials based on observed, Physical properties- Make a write up. 2) To distinguish between the metal steel, cast Iron and high speed steel by spark pattern test on a grinder. 3) To Anneal a chisel. Semester-II 4) Case carborising by hardening powder. 5) Hardening of carborised job by waterquenching and oil quenching. 6) Tempering of hardened job. 7) To make a funnel and weld/solder its joint. 8) Practice on cutting of pipes and make joint of two pipes by socket. At least two visits to selected industry to give the practical, exposure to students. Paper-III ENGINEERING DRAWING
  • 88. 83 Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICALS M. Marks : 80 SYLLABUS 1. INTRODUCTION OF DRAWING INSTRUMENTS & THEIR USE : Basic concept of Drawing & Engineering Drawing, Lists of instruments used in Engineering Drawing. Brief knowledge about the instruments. Practice to use all the instruments, Materials used in Drawing. Size of sheet and layout of sheet. Standard sizes of drawing sheets, margine title block etc. II. LINES AND LETTERING AND DIMENSIONS CONVENTIONS : Lines, materials, solids, Breaks, Conventional representation used in engineering Standard practice for writing single stroke and double stroke in 7:4/6:5. (Note - At methal stage graph paper may be used after some practice student should bear to draw graph.) Standard practice for numerals dimensioning. III. GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTIONS Introduction, definition of points, lines, angles, Review of geometrical constructions such as dimensions of straight line and angle. Triangle, quadrilateral, Polygen, circles, to draw parallel lines. To draw perpendiculars, different patterns, tangents- External and internal (minimum 40 cons). IV. SCALES Representative Factor, simple, reduced & Enlaged scale, diagonal and vernier scales. V. FREE HAND SKETCHING : Lines, Circles, Suqares, rectangles, areas and curves. Diagram of Solids i.e. Round, cube, rectangular block, Cylindricl block, Cone, Prism, Hoxeagonal etc. Free hand sketch of locking devices, washer, spring washer, keys etc. VI. ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS Concept of projections, First angle and third angle projections Simple Examples of orthographic projections of Point, Line & Planes where the Lines are parallel to one of the plane Sketching orthographic views from pictorial views. Orthographic projections of simple machine elements. Orthographic projections of Nut & Bolt (Square as well as hexagonal). Note : Semester – I (1,3) Semester-II (2,4,5,6) (V) FURNITURE MAKING AND DESIGNING Furniture, Furnishing and Finishing Materials Paper-I THEORY Time : 2 hrs. M. Marks : 30
  • 89. 84 Semester-I 1. Qualities and use of common timber, various types, characteristics, standard size, cost, selection anduse of various types of timber used in furniture making. 2. Structure (Cross secton) of wood, various parts and their functions. 3. Conversion of timber. 4. The defects in wood and remedial measures. 5. Decay of wood, causes and preventive measures. 6. Methods of seasonng and preservation of timber. Semester-II 7. Standard commercial sizes of wood and their economical use. 8. Characteristics, cost, selection and use of plywood, hardboard, block board, particle board and their suitability in furniture making. 9. Oil paints, constituents and functions, characteristics, covering capacity and polishing techniques. 10. Varnish and polish : Constituents, characteristics, covering capacity and polishing techniques. 11. Chemical preservatives, their use and importance. 12. Canes: different types, characteristics, costs, patterns and methods of cane work. 13. New furniture materials, Acrylic, Fibre glass, leather, plastic and base materials. 14. Knowledge regarding latest ready to use finishing materials available in the market. Paper-I FURNITURE, FURNISHING AND FINISHING MATERIALS Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1. Identification of timbers : 2. Identification of defects and diseases in timber. 3. Practice in making oil paints from given ingredients. Semester-II 4. Practice in making spirit polish. 5. Practice of painting. 6. Practice of polishing old and new furniture. 7. Market survey of latest furniture materials availability in the market. 8. Practice with latest ready to use finishing materials available in the market.
  • 90. 85 Paper-II TOOLS AND PROCESSES Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Workbench : elements and uses of a workbench. 2. Different types of devices, their selection, characteristics and precautions while using. 3. Description, care, maintenance and use of common hand tools and common sheet metal tools. 4. Tools and gauges used in measuring and marking, their identification and use. 5. Different types of chisels and gauges, their characteristics, uses, precautions in using, sharpening chisels and planes spoke shaves and other sharpening tools like surforms and rasps. 6. Different types of saws, their characteristics, selection and use, precautions, maintenance and repair, Techniques of sawing. Semester-II 7. Various types of clamping and gripping tools, their characteristics, use and selection. 8. Tools used in driving and pulling nails, their selection, precautions and techniques used in driving and removal of nails. 9. Various types of metal & wooden plants including special purpose planks, their characteristics, selection, uses, precautions, maintenance, cost and availability Techniques of planeing. 10. Techniques of finishing wood by using scraper, abrasive papers and files. 11. Various types of screw drivers, their selection, use and precautions. 12. Various types of drilling tools, their selection, use and precautions while drilling. 13. Description, use and importance of butt joints and lap joints, mortise and tenon joints. Paper-II TOOLS AND PROCESS Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1. Shop-Floor instructory : Identification of different types of timbers. Identification, care, maintenance of tools and their parts and safety measures to be observed. 2. EXERCISES : Ex.1. Marking and Sawing practice. Ex.2. Planeing practice. Ex.3. Chiselling practice Semester-II Ex.4. Preparation of lap joint.
  • 91. 86 Ex.5. Preparation of mortise and tenon joint. Ex.6. Sanding and finishing practice. 3. Preparation & Polishing of the following : 1) Name Plate, 2) Simple Notice Board, 3) Book Rack, 4) Prayer Unit/ Puja Unit with Drawer 5) Table 6) Cushioned stool Paper-III FURNITURE DESIGN Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Design : Definition, attributes, composition of design, factors influencing design : climate, utility social and economic conditions. 2. Introduction to colours and colour schemes. 3. Sizes of furniture as related to human body, working levels, viewing level for different purpose as per standard designs and practices. Semester-II 4. Planning : Principles of furniture set up for a given space, functional utility and aesthetics. Paper-III FURNITURE DESIGN Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1. At least 15 sheets regarding furniture design should be prepared. 2. Preparation of furniture album with the help of sales literature, newspaper cuttings & allied materials. Semester-II 3. Preparation of design for the following furniture items : Name plate, simple notice board, side board, table, stool, chair without arms, table with drawers, box type settee, Black Board, Notice Board with glass panels. 4. Preparation of design, for the following furniture items with steel structures. 1) Chair with & without arms. 2) Study table 3) Bench 4) Desk
  • 92. 87 5. Visits to local carpenter workshops/showroom (at least 4 visits). (VI) MECHANICAL SERVICING (AUTO) Paper-I ENGINEERING DRAWING Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I PART-A 1. Introduction to Engineering drawing, care and use of drawing instruments and material. 2. Free hand lettering on graph paper. 3. Different types of Engineering lines as per I.S.I. specifications. Practice in free hand sketching of vertical, horizontal & inclined lines & geometrical figures such as-triangle, rectangles and circles, polygon, construction of ellipse, parabola and involute of a circle. 4. Conventional representation of different material in sections e.g. shaft, hollow pipe, rectangular, square, angle, channel, I-section etc. Semester-II 5. Drawing sheets of 1st angle and 3rd angle projections of solids. 6. Introduction to rivets and its types. Concepts of auto CAD (Computer Added Design). PART B WORKSHOP PRACTICE 1. Description of hand tools used in outomobile shop. Precautions observed in a workshop. 2. Description of measuring tools and instruments like outside calliper, inside calliper, vernier calliper, outside micrometer, inside micrometer, Dial gauge, marking block and gauge. Try square, Bevel protector, bench centre, depth gauge, compression gauge, pressure gauge. 3. Surface plate, sue of open end spanner, ring spanner, box spanner, sockets, torque, wrenches, adjustable spanner, Alien Key wrench. 4. Introduction to paints.
  • 93. 88 Note : Semester–I 1 to4 (PartA) 1 (PartB) Semester-II 2 to 4 (Part B) 5,6 (PartA) ENGINEERING DRAWING Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 1. Use of the hand tools, measuring tools and measuring instrument used in workshop. 2. To make a V notch on a flat surface using chipping method. 3. To practice efficient use of files by producing plane surfaces, straight edges of right angle, fillets and round corners. 4. To leam efficient and accurate use of Hacksaw cutting. 5. To learn marking a job using a surface plate, V-block and marking gauge. 6. Fitting a square hole in a M.S. flat. 7. Extraction of a broken stud. 8. Use of hand tools and equipment used in painting and denting. 9. Visit to a nearby mechanical workshop. Note : Semester –I 1,2,3,4 Semster-II 2,5,6,7,8 Paper-II AUTOMOBILE ENGINE Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Technical terms : Define Automobile Engine, Power, H.P., I.H.P., B.H.P., F.H.P. Diesel cycle,Auto cycle, stroke, TDC, BDC, Compression Ratio, Swept volume, Clearance volume, Total volume, Mechanicl efficency. Pressure, Heat, Temperature. 2. Engine : Classification-principle, basic engine operations, 4-stroke, & 2-stroke cycle engine & their difference, spark & compression ignition and their difference. 3. Engine Construction & Mechanism : Cylinder blocks, crank case, cylinder liner, cylinder head, parts and manifolds, Piston, piston pin, piston ring, connecting rod, crankshaft, cam shaft, flywheel and valves.
  • 94. 89 Semester-II 4. Ignition system : Magneto and battery ignition & their difference study of batteries, capacitor discharge ignition system, Distributor, ignition coil, spark plugs, ignition timing, firing order. 5. Fuel system : (a) Petrol: Fuel line diagram, fuel feed pump, carburettor-function and working principles, air filter, fuel gauge, inlet and exhaust manifold. Introduction to MPFI system (Multi Point Fuel Injection Systems). (b) Disel: Fuel line, diagram, fuel-injection pump, pressure pipe, fuel injector. Introduction to CRDI (Common Rail Direct Injection System). 6. Engine Cooling system : Cooling requirement, cooling systems, air cooling and liquid cooling, water jacket, coolant pump, cooling fan, radiator, pressure cap, introduction to thermostat. 7. Lubrication system : Principles, functions, properties of lubricating oil. Introduction to SAE rating, lubricating system, crank-case ventilation, oil filtor, oil pump (gear type and electrical) oil pressure gauge. Introduction to Charging and starting system : AUTOMOBILE ENGINE Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1) To study the construction and working of a two stroke single cylinder air- cooled petrol engine using a sectional model. 2) To study the construction and working of a four stroke single cylinder air- cooled petrol engine using a sectional model. 3) To study the construction and working of a two stroke single cylinder air- cooled diesel engine using a sectional model. 4) To study the construction and working of a four stroke single cylinder air- cooled diesel engine using a sectional model. 5) To study the construction and working of a four stroke four cylinder in-line water cooled petrol engine. 6) To study the construction and working of a four stroke four cylinder in-line water cooled diesel engine. 7) To study the construction and working of (a) fuel pump (b) carburettor. 8) To study the construction and working of lubricating oil pump.
  • 95. 90 9) To study the construction and working of (a) F-I-pump (b) fuel injector. Semester-II 10) To study the construction, working and details of maintenance of distributor assembly. 11) Battery Testing 12) Spark plug cleaning and adjusting its gap. 13) Carburettor servicing. 14) Removal, cleaning & refiting of air cleaners. 15) Replacement of cylinder head gasket. 16) Cleaning of fuel tank and oil sump and refilling. 17) To study & sketch the fuel supply system of a multicylinder diesel engine. 18) Check engine compression. 19) Precautions to be observed before and after starting the engine. 20) Paper-III TRANSMISSION SYSTEM Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 1. Classification of autombile, chassis layout of conventional motor vehicle, front- wheel drive, rear engined vehicle, four wheel drive. 2. Clutch : Function of clutch and its principle of working. Types of clutch, constructional details of single plate and multi-plate clutches, Centrifugal clutch, fluid, fly wheel, clutchining. Trouble shooting of clutch and its adjustments. 3. Gearbox : Necessity of a gear box, types of gears used, types of gear boxes-sliding mesh, constant mesh, synchro mesh, constructional details of Gearbox, Gear selector mechanism, over running drive, trouble-shooting of gearbox and its adjustments. 4. Propeller shaft and universal joints, Function of propeller shaft and its constructional details, Hotch kiss drive and torque-tube drive arrangements. Function of universal joint, types of universal joints, their constructional details. 5. Differential : Function of differential and its constructional details. Working principles of differential, differential lock, trouble-shooting of differential and its adjustments. 6. Rear Axle : Function of rare axle and its types, constructional features, trouble- shooting and adjustments. Note : Semester-I (1,2,4) Semester-II (3,5,6) Paper-III TRANSMISSION SYSTEM Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50
  • 96. 91 1. The dismount of single plate dry friction clutch from a vehicle. Dismantle, clean the components, inspect report on the condition, repair, reassemble, adjust and remount on the vehicle. 2. To dismount and dismantle the gears of a constant mesh gear box from a vehicle, clean, inspect report on the condition, repair, reasonable, remount and adjust. 3. To dismount and dismantle the synchro mesh, gear-box from a vehicle, clean the components, inspect report on the condition, repair, reassemble and adjust. 4. To dismount the propeller shaft assembly with universal joints from a vehicle, dismantle, clean, inspect report on the condition, repair, reassemble and remount on the vehicle. 5. To dismount the differential unit from a vehicle, dismantle, clean, inspect report on the condition, repair, reassemble, preloading of drive pinion and refit on the vehicle. 6. To dimount the rear axle shafts from a 4 wheel drive, dismantle wheel bearings, oil seals, clean, inspect report on a condition, repair, reassemble, carryout pre- loading adjustment and complete the assembling of oil the components removed. 7. To study the chassis layout of two wheeler, three wheeler and 4 wheeler. 8. Flushing and refilling of transmission oil. Note : Semester-I (1,4,7,8) Semester-II (2,3,5,6) (vii) COMPUTER TECHNIQUES Paper-I COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I Instruction to Computers : Definition, Application of Computers, Characteristics of Computer, Types and generation of Computers, Basic Structure of Computer, Specification of Computer, Data representation within Computer - Bits, Bytes, Kilobytes, Gigabytes, Number System, Memory, Primary memory - RAM, ROM, Secondary memory with respect to structure and file organization - Floopy disk, Hard disk, CD-ROM, Zip Drive, Magnetic tape. Input/Output Devices : Input Devices-Keyboards, Mouse, Touch Screen, Scanner, Joystick, Output Devices - VDC, Printers. PROGRAMMING CONCEPTS AND OPERATING SYSTEM Comparative Study of Computer Languages : Machine Language, Assembly Language, High Level Language, 4GL, Translator,Compiler, Interpreter, Assembler. Programming Concept & Flow Charting : Problem analysis and problem solving techniques, Algorthm, Flowcharts (detailed practice exercises on mathematical and commercial problems) programming and programming techniques, Pseudo codes.
  • 97. 92 Operating Systems : Definition, Functions, Different Types of OS, Comparative study of OS, Batch Processing : Multi programming, Time sharing; Real time. Ms-DOS : Internal Commands - thei syntax with options and meaning, limitations and use, External Commands - their syntax with option and meaning, limitations and use (FORMAT, BACKUP, RESTORE, CHKDSK, XCOPY, DISKCOPY, DISKCOMP, ATTRIB, UNDELETE). MS-WINDOWS AND INTERNET Ms-Windows 2000/XP (or latest version) : The Windows 2000/XP Environment, Desktop Elements, Active Desktops, Changing the Clasic Desktop to Active Desktop, Built-in Toolbars, Starting Programs. The Start Button, Starting from Shortcuts, Starting from My Computer or the Windows Explorer, Working with Windows, Using Menus and Dialog Boxes, Classic Style and Web Style, Choosing a Navigation Style, Mouse Actions with Classic style and Web style, File Tasks, To see What Files are in the Folder Using My Computer, To see what files are in the folder using Windows Explorer, To Create a Folder, To Rename Files or Folders, To Delete Files or Folders, The Recycle Bin, To Retrieve Deleted Files or Folders, To Find a file, Disk Tasks, To Format a Floppy Disk, To Copy a Floppy Disk, Scandisk, Disk De-fragmentation, Application Tasks, To Start a Document from the Start Menu, Shortcuts, To Add an Application to the Start Menu, To Run Programs and Documents Automatically at Startup, To Print a File, Print Manager, To install a Windows Application, To Remove Applications,System Settings, To Set the Date & Time, To Change the Formats of Number, Currency, Date and Time, To install and Delete Fonts, To Customize a Mouse, To Change Display Properties. Internet : What is Internet, Connection methods, Types of Connections, ISPs, Internet configuration, Browsers - Microsoft Internet explorer, Netscape Navigator. E-mail : What is e-mail ? Advantages and disadvantages, Sending and receiving messages, Checking mail, Reading Mail, Replying Mail, E-mail software-Outlook Express, Eudora. Internet Applications : Voice mail, Chatting, Discussion forums, Newsgroup, Entertainment, Information searching, Online education. Semester-II MS-WORD AND MULTILINGUAL LEAP OFFICE Intdroduction to word processing : Starting MS-WORD, Introduction to menus, sub-menus and tools, Creating a document, Opening a document, Saving a document, Navigation of cursor, Editing text, Formatting text, Viewing documents. Formatting Document : Line spacing, Paragraph spacing, Setting Tabs, indenting Text, Aligning text, Adding headers and footers; Numbering pages; Inserting a table, Proofing a document, Spell-check utility, Automatic spell-check, Auto text, Auto correct, Printing a Document, Mail Merge.
  • 98. 93 Leap Office : Need of multilingual software, multilingual software package in detail, Concept of transliteration, Hardware requirements of multilingual software, Installation of different language fonts, Study Key Board layout. MS EXCEL Introduction to Ms-Excel Starting Ms-Excel Opening a Worksheet Saving a Worksheet Spread sheet operations Entering Numbers, Text, Dates and Time, Formulas Editing the Worksheet Deleting Cells, Rows, Columns Inserting Cells, Rows, Coloumns What if Analysis Printing a Worksheet Formulas and Functions Entering Formulas Absolute and Relative Reference of a Cell Mixed Referencing Operations in Formulas Using Text, Date and Time in a Formula Arrays and Named Ranges Functions Entering Functions Calculaions using Functions Different types of functions in Excel Charts, Micros and Forms Creating a Chart Editing a Chart Inserting and Deleting in a Chart Save and Print a Chart Macros Creating and Running Simple Macros Creating and Running Menu Macros
  • 99. 94 COMPUTER NETWORKS Network Bases : Models of Network computing - Centralised computing, Distributed computing and collaborative computing. Network Models - client server, peer to peer, LAN, MAN, WAN. Connection types and Physical topologies - Ring, Bus, Star, Mesh and Hybrid. COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1. COMPUTER OPERATIONS, MS-DOS, MS-WINDOWS 2000/XP 1. Study and Observation of connection of UPS/CVT to mains and computer. 2. Study and practice of various peripherals devices attached to the computer. 3. Starting and shutdown of computer. 4. Opening (or invoking) the application. 5. Closing the application. 6. Operating the various applications at primary level. 7. Methadically operating and mastering the any of the application like Notepad, Wordpad. 8. Installation of DOS. 9. Fine-Tuning MS-DOS. 10. Use of Internal and External Commands of DOS file operation. 11. Creation and usage of batch file - AUTOEXEC.BAT 12. Creation and usage of sys files - CONFIG.SYS 13. Standard file and directory command. 14. Designing and practicing the alongrithims and flowcharts of various problems. 15. Installation of Windows. 16. Managing Files and Folders. 17. Create a picture using the Windows Paint application and save in the folder. 18. Study of different menus and submenus in Windows. 19. Working on MS Access, MS Excel, Power Point, MS-Word. Semester-II
  • 100. 95 II. MS-WORD AND MULTILINGUAL LEAP OFFICE 1. Creating a document with New. 2. Opening an existing document with Open from the specified path. 3. Saving the document using Save, Save as, Save as Web Page-option. 4. Using Page Set-up, Web Preview, Print Preview and Print option. 5. Editing a document : Using Cut, Copy, Paste, Making Block, Find and Replace etc. 6. Viewing a document : Viewing as per the requirement, Setting Toolbars. 7. Formatting a document using various option in Format. 8. Using Tools in MS-WORD. 9. Working on Table in MS-WORD : Creating a table, inserting, deleting rows or columns. 10. Create Windows, edit and print a document file, using MS-WORD. 11. Genrate two page document in the regional language using Leap Office. III. MS EXCEL Generate and print a graph using Ms-Excel. IV. Internet and Networking : Demo Paper-II MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS Time : 3 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 80 Mathematics : Quadratic equation, Trigonometry, Boolean Algebra, Number System, Binary Number System, Octal, Hexodecimal Number System. Statistics : Mean, Mode, Median, Correlation, Regression, Standard Deviation. Note : Semester-I Mathematics:Quadratic equation, Boolean Algopra, Number System, Binarey Number System, Octal, Hexadeciamal Number System. Semeter-II Mathematics : Mathematics : Trignometry Statistics : Mean, Mode, Median, Correlation, Regression, Standard Deviation. Paper-III PROGRAMMING IN C Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. PROGRAMMING TECHNIQUES Identification of problem Problem solving techniques
  • 101. 96 Algorithms Flowcharts Pseudo code 2. FUNDAMENTAL OF C PROGRAMMING History of C Structure of a C Program Data types : int, float, char, double, void Constant and Variables Variable Declaration Integer, real, float, character, logical variable, string variable Constants 3. OPERATORS AND EXPRESSIONS Arithmetic operators Relational operators Logical operators Expressions Bit operation ? operator, & operator, *operator Type casting, type conversion 4. DECISION MAKING AND LOOPING if-then if-them - else ladder Nested if-else for loop while 5. ARRAYS AND FUNCTIONS Arroys declaration One and two dimensional arroys Functions - Fundamentals General Form Function arguments Return value Semester-II 6. BASIC I/O Formatted Input/Output
  • 102. 97 Unformatted Input/Output Program design examples. Summation of a set of numbers Generation of fabonacci sequence Generation of positive prime numbers Finding key smallest element Sarting by insertion 7. STRUCTURED PROGRAMMING Control structures Do/While Switch statements Break and continue Exit ( ) function Go to and label 8. ADVANCED FEATURES IN FUNCTIONS Type modifiers and storage class specifies for a data types Scope Rules Local and Global variables Scope rules for functions Parameter passing : Call-by-Value and Call-by-Reference Calling functions with Arrays argc and argv Recursion Basic Concept Design examples *Tower of Hanoi **Recursive Quick sort 9. DYNAMIC DATA STRUCTURE IN C Pointers the & and *operators Pointer expression Pointer Assignments Pointer arithmetic Pointer comparision The dynamic allocation functions-malloc and calloc
  • 103. 98 Pointer vs Arrays Arrays of Pointers Pointers to pointers Instialising pointers Pointer to functions Functions returning Pointers Function with variable number of Arguments Structure Basic of Structures Declaring a Structures Referencing Structure elements Array of Structures Passing Structures of functions Passing entire Structure to Function Structure Pointers. Declaring a Structure pointer Using Structure Pointers Arrays and Structures within Structures Uses. Unions Declaration Uses Enumerated Data Types Linked list insertion, deletion and search 10. FILE HANDLING IN C The file pointer File assessing functions fopen, fclose, putsc, getc, fprintf C pre-processor # decline # include # undef # conditional compilation directives # if, # else, #elif, #endif, # ifdef and # ifndef C Standard Library and Header Files Header files, sidio h, ctype.h, string.h, stdlib.h, time.h etc.
  • 104. 99 Standard library functions String functions Mathematical functions Variable argument list functions Utility functions Character class test functions. Paper-III PROGRAMMING IN C Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1. Programs using problem mainly computational to illustrate expression and operator precedence. 2. Problem relating to sequence, selection and iteration. 3. Problem relating to arrays. 4. Problem which involve manipulation of two dimensional arrays such as addition, subtraction, multiplication and transpose. Semester-II 5. Problems which made use of and manipulate arguments to main (as per M.S.S.). 6. Problem involving manipulation of arrays of structures. 7. Problems involving the manipulations. 8. Problems for dynamic, storage allocation such as link list, stack. (VIII) MANUFACTURING OF SPORTS GOODS Paper-I WOOD BASED SPORTS GOODS Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 1. Introduction and importance of wood based sports goods industry. Scope of sports goods (wood) industries in India. 2. Raw material, auxiliaries, their availability and uses in sports goods. Types of woods used in sports Industry and reasons of its utilization. 3. Tools and Equipments : Various types tools, tool kit, working bench and its sketch, Tool Kit necessity, Uses of tools and equipments used for making different items. Maintenance of tools and equipments.
  • 105. 100 4. Safety precautions to be observed while working in the workshop. 5. Seasoning, its advantages and various methods of seasoning of wood. Various defects of wood. Seasoning method generally used in India and Reasons for its use. 6. Various wood joints used in the manufacture of various sports goods. 7. Various types of adhesives & their usages. 8. Drawing, Designing and standard specifications of the following : (1) Steel Badminton racket. (2) Table Tennis Bat. (3) Hockey Stick. (4) Chess Board. (5) Golf stick. Note : Semeter – I (1,2,3,4 and 8 (1,2) ) Semester-II (5,6,7 and 8 (3,4,5) ) WOOD BASED SPROTS GOODS Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 1. Identification and usages of tools. 2. Sharpening of tools. 3. Practice in making joints and application of adhesives. 4. Making the following sports items : (1) Steel Badminton racket. (2) Table Tennis Bat. (3) Hockey Stick. (4) Chess Board. (5) Gutting of badminton racket Note : Semester –I (1,2,3 (Prectice in making joints) and 4 (1,2) ) Semester-II (3 (Application of adhesives) and 4 (3,4,5) ) Paper-II LEATHER AND SYNTHETIC BASED SPORTS GOODS Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 1. Introduction and importance of leather & synthetic based sports goods industry. Scope of sports goods (leather) industry in India. (1) 2. Raw material, auxilaries, their availability and uses in sports goods. Major leathers of different animals used in this industry. (1)
  • 106. 101 3. Reasons of use of synthetic sheets in these days in this industry specially for all types of balls like Foot-Ball, Volley Ball, Basket Ball and other balls comes in this categories. 4. Various types of machinery and equipments used and their maintenance. 5. Proper selection of leather components from finished leather. 6. Hide and sketch of Hide, labeling its sketch, best quality hide and its growth, reason of best part of Hide. 7. Drawing, Designing and standard specifications of the following. (1) Football 32 panels. (2) Volleyball 32 panels. (3) Cricket Ball 4/2 panels. Note : Semester – I (1,2,3,4 and 7 (Football) ) Semester-II (5,6 and 7 (2,3) LEATHER AND SYNTHETIC BASED SPORTS GOODS Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 1. Identification and usages of tools and dies. 2. Use of machinery of panel cutting. 3. Practice in joining of panels. 4. Making the following sports items. (1) Foot ball (2) Volley ball (3) Cricket ball (Semi-Finesh) Note : Semester- I (1,2,3, and 4 Football) Semester-II (4 (2,3,) ) Paper-III TEXTILE BASED SPORTS GOODS Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 1. Introduction and importance of textile based sports goods industry. Scope of textile based sports goods industry in India. 2. Raw material, auxiliaries, their availability and uses in sports goods. Kind of leather used in this industry. 3. Varius types of machinery and equipments used and their maintenance. 4. Pattern, its importance, Detail Study of Raw materials used for making patterns. 5. Drawing and designing of pattern cutting pertaining to all types of sports gloves, viz. batting gloves, wicket-keeping gloves, football goolkeeper gloves, hockey goolkeeper gloves, industrial gloves, boxing gloves, gool gloves.
  • 107. 102 Note : Semester– I ( 1,2 and 3) Semester-II (4 and 5 ) Paper-III TEXTILE BASED SPORTS GOODS Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 1. Identification and usages of tools. 2. Practice in pattern cutting. 3. Cutting of components. 4. Making the following items. (1) Batting gloves. (2) Wicket-keeping gloves. (3) Football goal-keeper gloves. (4) Hockey goal-keeper gloves. (5) Industrial gloves. Note : Semester-I (1 and3) Semster-II (2 and 4 ) (XI) MANUFACTURING OF LEATHER GOODS Paper-I PATTERN CUTTING AND DESIGNING Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Introduction and importance of tools required in pattern cutting and designing. 2. Safety precautions to be observed while working in workshop. 3. Basic principles of pattern cutting. Semester-II 4. Material used in pattern cutting. 5. Drawing and designing of pattern cutting viz. Wallets/Purses, Dak Pad, File Cover, etc. 6. Various types of machinery and equipments used and their care and maintenance. 7. Pattern cutting and designing of children Soft Toys. PATTERN CUTTING AND DESIGNING Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I
  • 108. 103 1. Identification and usage of tools. 2. Sharpening and preparation of tools. Semester-II 3. Care and maintenance of tools. 4. Practice of pattern cutting viz. Wallets/Purses, Dak Pad, File Cover etc. 5. Practice on hand sketches of different patterns viz. Wallets/Purses, Dak Pad, File Cover etc. Paper-II NOVELTY LEATHER ITEMS Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Introduction and scope of the leather goods industry and its status in India with special reference to Punjab. 2. Machinery and tools used in leather goods industry. 3. Raw material, auxiliaries, their availability, proper utilization and uses in leather goods industry. Semester-II 4. Types of threads and adhesives used in leather goods. 5. Introduction of various kinds of leather and its processing and general defects, measurement. Machines and tools required for measurement of hides and skins. 6. Sequence of operations while making: Wallet/purses, Dak Pad, Waist belts, Goggles cases, Refrigerator handle cover and File Cover etc. 7. Cost Calculation of the above, finished goods. NOVELTY LEATHER ITEMS Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1. Identification and working of machinery and tools. 2. Identification of various types of raw materials. 3. Sample collection of various types of leather, raxine and their linings. Semester-II 4. Various types of skiving and folding. 5. Preparation and practice of wallet. 6. Preparation and practice of waist belt. 7. Preparation and practice of File Cover.
  • 109. 104 Paper-III TRAVELLING LEATHER GOODS Time : 2 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 30 Semester-I 1. Introduction and importance of travelling leather goods. 2. Various types of raw material required for the manufacturing of traveling leather goods. Semester-II 3. Sequence of operations while making the following : conductors cash bag, school bag, air bag, part folio, TV Cover, lady purse, office bag and Shoping Bag etc. 4. Cost calculation of the above finished goods. Paper-III TRAVELLING LEATHER GOODS Time : 3 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 50 Semester-I 1. Identification and selection of raw material used in traveling leather goods. 2. Practice of various types of sewing machines and stitching. 3. Pattern cutting of conductor cash bag, lady purse, air bag, portfolio, school bag, TV cover, Office bag, shoping bag. Semester-II 4. Preparation and practice of Conductor cash bag, lady purse, air bag, portfolio, TV Cover, Office bag, shoping bag and their cost calculation. (V) HUMANITIES & OTHERS GROUP COMMERCIAL ART Paper-I COMMERCIAL ART AND DRAWING Time : 5 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 80 Structure of Question Paper The question paper will consists of 3 parts. No. 1 30 marks This part will be based upon Unit I of the syllabus. Two questions will be asked and the student will do any one out of these. The distribution of marks will be as follows : Composition 10 marks Expression 10 marks
  • 110. 105 Finishing 10 marks No. 2 30 marks This will be based upon Unit II of the syllabus. Any two questions will be asked and the student will attempt any one. The distribution of marks will be as follows : Composition 10 marks Expression 10 marks Finishing 10 marks No. 3 20 marks This part relates to sessional work. Students will show atleast 20 articles relating to Drawing and layoutwhich have been designed by him during the whole academic year. SYLLABUS Semester-I Topics : 1. Drawing from file : Head Study : Or Drawing from Still file. Monochrome/Colours. Sessional Work At least Six articles should be prepared by the Candidates. The Practical Examiner will award the marks. Semester-II 2. Drawing from nature: Flowers, Trees, Land scape Painting, Birds, Animals etc. Or Study of Techniques of illustrations : Pen, ink/wash. Sessional Work At least Nine articles should be prepared by the Candidates. The Practical Examiner will award the marks. Paper-II DESIGN AND LAYOUT Time : 5 hrs. PRACTICAL M. Marks : 80
  • 111. 106 Structure of Question Paper The question paper will consists of 3 parts. No. 1 30 marks This part will be based upon Unit I of the syllabus. Two questions will be asked and the student will do any one out of these. The distribution of marks will be as follows : Composition 10 marks Expression 10 marks Finishing 10 marks No. 2 30 marks This will be based upon Unit II of the syllabus. Any two questions will be asked and the student will attempt any one. The distribution of marks will be as follows : Composition 10 marks Expression 10 marks Finishing 10 marks No. 3 20 marks This part relates to sessional work. Students will show atleast 20 articles relating to Drawing and layout which have been designed by him during the whole academic year. SYLLABUS Semester-I Topics : 1. Lettering and Typography Calligraphy Copying from old manuscripts Study of various scripts, Gurmukhi,English, devanagri and Roman etc. Preparation of Simple layout, Design and Lettering Or Book and Magzine cover Design and their colour schemes At least six articles should be prepared by the candidates. The practical examiner will award the marks.
  • 112. 107 Semester-II 2. Preparation of Poster based on combination of Lettering and simple illustration. 3. Sessional Work At least nine articles should be prepared by the candidates. The practical examiner will award the marks. Paper-III TECHNICAL THEORY OF COMMERCIAL ART Time : 3 hrs. THEORY M. Marks : 80 Structure of Question Paper 1. In all eight questions will be set from the prescribed syllabus. Students willhave to attempt any five questions from these. Each question will carry 16 marks. A question may have two or more parts. The questions should be evenly distributed from the syllabus. SYLLABUS Semester-I 1. Introduction and importance of Commercial Art in Life. 2. Important Art Terminologies used in Basic Design, Point, Line, Curve, Form, Tone and Texture, Monochrome, Basic Colours, Secondary Colours, Warm, Cool, Hormonious and Contrast Colours. 3. Principles of good composition. Distribution of Space, Balance, Rhythm, Barmnance, Abstraction and Stylizotion and Proportion. Semester-II 4. Use of Perspective in illustration i.e. In land scape Painting, Anatomy and still life. 5. Various types of painting Techniques Transparent water colours Goache. Opaque water colours Goache. 6. Batik Technique, Mural Technique. Fresco, Gil Painting Technique.
  • 113. 108 7. Various types of material and equipment used in illustrations. 8. Stencilling and spray work. 9. Print Making : Lino cut, Relief Printing. Block Making, Silk Screen Printing from line and half tone blocks letter and offset printing. 10. Principles of Poster design. Layout and composition and book illustrations. 11. Sketching and its importance in Commercial art. 12. Qualities of good commercial artist (Semeter-I) Note : Semester –I (1,2,3 and 12) Semester-II (4,5,6,7,8,9,10 and 11)